| 1 | /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Mac OS. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 9 | any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 18 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
| 19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | /* Contributed by Andrew Choi (akochoi@mac.com). */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include <config.h> |
| 24 | #include <signal.h> |
| 25 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 26 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 27 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 28 | #include "charset.h" |
| 29 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 30 | |
| 31 | #include "macterm.h" |
| 32 | |
| 33 | #ifndef MAC_OSX |
| 34 | #include <alloca.h> |
| 35 | #endif |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 38 | #undef mktime |
| 39 | #undef DEBUG |
| 40 | #undef free |
| 41 | #undef malloc |
| 42 | #undef realloc |
| 43 | /* Macros max and min defined in lisp.h conflict with those in |
| 44 | precompiled header Carbon.h. */ |
| 45 | #undef max |
| 46 | #undef min |
| 47 | #undef init_process |
| 48 | #include <Carbon/Carbon.h> |
| 49 | #undef free |
| 50 | #define free unexec_free |
| 51 | #undef malloc |
| 52 | #define malloc unexec_malloc |
| 53 | #undef realloc |
| 54 | #define realloc unexec_realloc |
| 55 | #undef min |
| 56 | #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 57 | #undef max |
| 58 | #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 59 | #undef init_process |
| 60 | #define init_process emacs_init_process |
| 61 | /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS determines if the Carbon Event Manager is used to |
| 62 | obtain events from the event queue. If set to 0, WaitNextEvent is |
| 63 | used instead. */ |
| 64 | #define USE_CARBON_EVENTS 1 |
| 65 | #else /* not MAC_OSX */ |
| 66 | #include <Quickdraw.h> |
| 67 | #include <ToolUtils.h> |
| 68 | #include <Sound.h> |
| 69 | #include <Events.h> |
| 70 | #include <Script.h> |
| 71 | #include <Resources.h> |
| 72 | #include <Fonts.h> |
| 73 | #include <TextUtils.h> |
| 74 | #include <LowMem.h> |
| 75 | #include <Controls.h> |
| 76 | #if defined (__MRC__) || (__MSL__ >= 0x6000) |
| 77 | #include <ControlDefinitions.h> |
| 78 | #endif |
| 79 | #include <Gestalt.h> |
| 80 | |
| 81 | #if __profile__ |
| 82 | #include <profiler.h> |
| 83 | #endif |
| 84 | #endif /* not MAC_OSX */ |
| 85 | |
| 86 | #include "systty.h" |
| 87 | #include "systime.h" |
| 88 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 89 | #include "keymap.h" |
| 90 | |
| 91 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 92 | #include <errno.h> |
| 93 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 94 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 95 | |
| 96 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 97 | #include "frame.h" |
| 98 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 99 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 100 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 101 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 102 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 103 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 104 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 105 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 106 | #include "window.h" |
| 107 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 108 | #include "composite.h" |
| 109 | #include "coding.h" |
| 110 | |
| 111 | #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER)) |
| 112 | |
| 113 | /* Set of macros that handle mapping of Mac modifier keys to emacs. */ |
| 114 | #define macCtrlKey (NILP (Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta) ? controlKey : \ |
| 115 | (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey : cmdKey)) |
| 116 | #define macShiftKey (shiftKey) |
| 117 | #define macMetaKey (NILP (Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta) ? \ |
| 118 | (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey : cmdKey) \ |
| 119 | : controlKey) |
| 120 | #define macAltKey (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? cmdKey : optionKey) |
| 121 | |
| 122 | \f |
| 123 | /* Fringe bitmaps. */ |
| 124 | |
| 125 | enum fringe_bitmap_type |
| 126 | { |
| 127 | NO_FRINGE_BITMAP, |
| 128 | LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 129 | RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP, |
| 130 | OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP, |
| 131 | CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 132 | CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP, |
| 133 | ZV_LINE_BITMAP |
| 134 | }; |
| 135 | |
| 136 | /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if |
| 137 | `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */ |
| 138 | |
| 139 | #define zv_width 8 |
| 140 | #define zv_height 72 |
| 141 | #define zv_period 3 |
| 142 | static unsigned char zv_bits[] = { |
| 143 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 144 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 145 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 146 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 147 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 148 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 149 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, |
| 150 | 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00}; |
| 151 | |
| 152 | /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */ |
| 153 | |
| 154 | #define left_width 8 |
| 155 | #define left_height 8 |
| 156 | static unsigned char left_bits[] = { |
| 157 | 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18}; |
| 158 | |
| 159 | /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */ |
| 160 | |
| 161 | #define right_width 8 |
| 162 | #define right_height 8 |
| 163 | static unsigned char right_bits[] = { |
| 164 | 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18}; |
| 165 | |
| 166 | /* Marker for continued lines. */ |
| 167 | |
| 168 | #define continued_width 8 |
| 169 | #define continued_height 8 |
| 170 | static unsigned char continued_bits[] = { |
| 171 | 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e}; |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /* Marker for continuation lines. */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 | #define continuation_width 8 |
| 176 | #define continuation_height 8 |
| 177 | static unsigned char continuation_bits[] = { |
| 178 | 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c}; |
| 179 | |
| 180 | /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */ |
| 181 | |
| 182 | #if 0 |
| 183 | /* A bomb. */ |
| 184 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 185 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 186 | static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { |
| 187 | 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c}; |
| 188 | #else |
| 189 | /* A triangular arrow. */ |
| 190 | #define ov_width 8 |
| 191 | #define ov_height 8 |
| 192 | static unsigned char ov_bits[] = { |
| 193 | 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0}; |
| 194 | #endif |
| 195 | |
| 196 | extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo; |
| 197 | |
| 198 | \f |
| 199 | /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 200 | |
| 201 | Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; |
| 202 | |
| 203 | /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string. |
| 204 | (The display is done in read_char.) */ |
| 205 | |
| 206 | static Lisp_Object help_echo; |
| 207 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_window; |
| 208 | static Lisp_Object help_echo_object; |
| 209 | static int help_echo_pos; |
| 210 | |
| 211 | /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */ |
| 212 | |
| 213 | static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo; |
| 214 | |
| 215 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 216 | start. */ |
| 217 | |
| 218 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 219 | |
| 220 | /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */ |
| 221 | |
| 222 | int x_autoselect_window_p; |
| 223 | |
| 224 | /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph |
| 225 | under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be |
| 226 | drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */ |
| 227 | |
| 228 | int x_stretch_cursor_p; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */ |
| 231 | |
| 232 | int x_use_underline_position_properties; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in |
| 235 | use. */ |
| 236 | |
| 237 | struct x_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME |
| 240 | . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in |
| 241 | the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE |
| 242 | records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 243 | |
| 244 | Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; |
| 245 | |
| 246 | /* This is display since Mac does not support multiple ones. */ |
| 247 | struct mac_display_info one_mac_display_info; |
| 248 | |
| 249 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 250 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions. |
| 251 | It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT |
| 252 | functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 253 | |
| 254 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 255 | |
| 256 | extern int waiting_for_input; |
| 257 | |
| 258 | /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */ |
| 259 | |
| 260 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 261 | |
| 262 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. |
| 263 | HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates. |
| 264 | X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 265 | |
| 266 | struct cursor_pos output_cursor; |
| 267 | |
| 268 | /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */ |
| 269 | |
| 270 | static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction; |
| 271 | |
| 272 | /* Mouse movement. |
| 273 | |
| 274 | Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask) |
| 275 | so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify |
| 276 | event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking |
| 277 | slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. |
| 278 | |
| 279 | Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. |
| 280 | |
| 281 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most |
| 282 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask |
| 283 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only |
| 284 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by |
| 285 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for |
| 286 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we |
| 287 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This |
| 288 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse |
| 289 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking |
| 290 | is off. */ |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 293 | |
| 294 | FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; |
| 295 | static Rect last_mouse_glyph; |
| 296 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. |
| 299 | |
| 300 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so |
| 301 | XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 302 | an ordinary motion. |
| 303 | |
| 304 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set |
| 305 | this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion |
| 306 | event. */ |
| 307 | |
| 308 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 309 | |
| 310 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would |
| 311 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 312 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 313 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 314 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 315 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 316 | |
| 317 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 318 | |
| 319 | enum mouse_tracking_type { |
| 320 | mouse_tracking_none, |
| 321 | mouse_tracking_mouse_movement, |
| 322 | mouse_tracking_scroll_bar |
| 323 | }; |
| 324 | |
| 325 | enum mouse_tracking_type mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | struct scroll_bar *tracked_scroll_bar = NULL; |
| 328 | |
| 329 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 330 | events. */ |
| 331 | |
| 332 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 333 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 334 | #else |
| 335 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 336 | #endif |
| 337 | |
| 338 | /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ |
| 339 | |
| 340 | static int x_noop_count; |
| 341 | |
| 342 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
| 343 | |
| 344 | extern char **initial_argv; |
| 345 | extern int initial_argc; |
| 346 | |
| 347 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 348 | |
| 349 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ |
| 350 | |
| 351 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; |
| 352 | |
| 353 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
| 354 | |
| 355 | extern int errno; |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 358 | |
| 359 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 360 | |
| 361 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 362 | |
| 363 | #if 0 |
| 364 | extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *)); |
| 365 | #endif |
| 366 | |
| 367 | extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 368 | |
| 369 | extern int inhibit_window_system; |
| 370 | |
| 371 | #if __MRC__ |
| 372 | QDGlobals qd; /* QuickDraw global information structure. */ |
| 373 | #endif |
| 374 | |
| 375 | |
| 376 | /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing |
| 377 | glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */ |
| 378 | |
| 379 | enum draw_glyphs_face |
| 380 | { |
| 381 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, |
| 382 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO, |
| 383 | DRAW_CURSOR, |
| 384 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE, |
| 385 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED, |
| 386 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 387 | }; |
| 388 | |
| 389 | struct frame * x_window_to_frame (struct mac_display_info *, WindowPtr); |
| 390 | struct mac_display_info *mac_display_info_for_display (Display *); |
| 391 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 392 | static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *)); |
| 393 | static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *, |
| 394 | int *, int *, Lisp_Object)); |
| 395 | static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object, |
| 396 | int *, int *, int *, int *, int)); |
| 397 | static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *)); |
| 398 | static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int, |
| 399 | int *, int *, int *, int)); |
| 400 | static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 401 | static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); |
| 402 | static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int)); |
| 403 | static void x_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *, EventRecord *)); |
| 404 | static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 405 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 406 | static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 407 | static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct mac_display_info *)); |
| 408 | static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *)); |
| 409 | int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *)); |
| 410 | void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int)); |
| 411 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 412 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 413 | int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *)); |
| 414 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 415 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 416 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 417 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 418 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 419 | void mac_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 420 | static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); |
| 421 | static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 422 | static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *, |
| 423 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 424 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 425 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 426 | static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 427 | static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int)); |
| 428 | static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 429 | static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 430 | static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 431 | static void XTcursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int)); |
| 432 | static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
| 433 | static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int)); |
| 434 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); |
| 435 | static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 436 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 437 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 438 | static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *)); |
| 439 | static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 440 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); |
| 441 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 442 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int)); |
| 443 | static int x_intersect_rectangles P_ ((Rect *, Rect *, Rect *)); |
| 444 | static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int)); |
| 445 | static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, Rect *)); |
| 446 | static void expose_overlaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 447 | struct glyph_row *)); |
| 448 | static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, Rect *)); |
| 449 | static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 450 | Rect *, enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 451 | static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 452 | Rect *)); |
| 453 | void x_display_cursor (struct window *, int, int, int, int, int); |
| 454 | void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 455 | static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 456 | static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
| 457 | static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 458 | void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
| 459 | static void x_draw_fringe_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 460 | enum fringe_bitmap_type, int left_p)); |
| 461 | static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 462 | GC, int)); |
| 463 | static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, Rect *)); |
| 464 | static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 465 | static void notice_overwritten_cursor P_ ((struct window *, |
| 466 | enum glyph_row_area, |
| 467 | int, int, int, int)); |
| 468 | static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f)); |
| 469 | static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 470 | static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 471 | static void x_draw_vertical_border P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 472 | static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); |
| 473 | static INLINE void take_vertical_position_into_account P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 474 | static void x_produce_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 475 | |
| 476 | static void activate_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR); |
| 477 | static void deactivate_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR); |
| 478 | |
| 479 | static int is_emacs_window (WindowPtr); |
| 480 | |
| 481 | extern int image_ascent (struct image *, struct face *); |
| 482 | void x_set_offset (struct frame *, int, int, int); |
| 483 | int x_bitmap_icon (struct frame *, Lisp_Object); |
| 484 | void x_make_frame_visible (struct frame *); |
| 485 | |
| 486 | extern void window_scroll (Lisp_Object, int, int, int); |
| 487 | |
| 488 | /* Defined in macmenu.h. */ |
| 489 | extern void menubar_selection_callback (FRAME_PTR, int); |
| 490 | extern void set_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR, int, int); |
| 491 | |
| 492 | /* X display function emulation */ |
| 493 | |
| 494 | /* Structure borrowed from Xlib.h to represent two-byte characters in |
| 495 | dumpglyphs. */ |
| 496 | |
| 497 | typedef struct { |
| 498 | unsigned char byte1; |
| 499 | unsigned char byte2; |
| 500 | } XChar2b; |
| 501 | |
| 502 | static void |
| 503 | XFreePixmap (display, pixmap) |
| 504 | Display *display; |
| 505 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 506 | { |
| 507 | PixMap *p = (PixMap *) pixmap; |
| 508 | |
| 509 | xfree (p->baseAddr); |
| 510 | xfree (p); |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | |
| 513 | |
| 514 | /* Set foreground color for subsequent QuickDraw commands. Assume |
| 515 | graphic port has already been set. */ |
| 516 | |
| 517 | static void |
| 518 | mac_set_forecolor (unsigned long color) |
| 519 | { |
| 520 | RGBColor fg_color; |
| 521 | |
| 522 | fg_color.red = RED_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 523 | fg_color.green = GREEN_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 524 | fg_color.blue = BLUE_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | RGBForeColor (&fg_color); |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* Set background color for subsequent QuickDraw commands. Assume |
| 531 | graphic port has already been set. */ |
| 532 | |
| 533 | static void |
| 534 | mac_set_backcolor (unsigned long color) |
| 535 | { |
| 536 | RGBColor bg_color; |
| 537 | |
| 538 | bg_color.red = RED_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 539 | bg_color.green = GREEN_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 540 | bg_color.blue = BLUE_FROM_ULONG (color) * 256; |
| 541 | |
| 542 | RGBBackColor (&bg_color); |
| 543 | } |
| 544 | |
| 545 | /* Set foreground and background color for subsequent QuickDraw |
| 546 | commands. Assume that the graphic port has already been set. */ |
| 547 | |
| 548 | static void |
| 549 | mac_set_colors (GC gc) |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | mac_set_forecolor (gc->foreground); |
| 552 | mac_set_backcolor (gc->background); |
| 553 | } |
| 554 | |
| 555 | /* Mac version of XDrawLine. */ |
| 556 | |
| 557 | static void |
| 558 | XDrawLine (display, w, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2) |
| 559 | Display *display; |
| 560 | WindowPtr w; |
| 561 | GC gc; |
| 562 | int x1, y1, x2, y2; |
| 563 | { |
| 564 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 565 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 566 | #else |
| 567 | SetPort (w); |
| 568 | #endif |
| 569 | |
| 570 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 571 | |
| 572 | MoveTo (x1, y1); |
| 573 | LineTo (x2, y2); |
| 574 | } |
| 575 | |
| 576 | /* Mac version of XClearArea. */ |
| 577 | |
| 578 | void |
| 579 | XClearArea (display, w, x, y, width, height, exposures) |
| 580 | Display *display; |
| 581 | WindowPtr w; |
| 582 | int x, y; |
| 583 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 584 | int exposures; |
| 585 | { |
| 586 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w); |
| 587 | Rect r; |
| 588 | XGCValues xgc; |
| 589 | |
| 590 | xgc.foreground = mwp->x_compatible.foreground_pixel; |
| 591 | xgc.background = mwp->x_compatible.background_pixel; |
| 592 | |
| 593 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 594 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 595 | #else |
| 596 | SetPort (w); |
| 597 | #endif |
| 598 | |
| 599 | mac_set_colors (&xgc); |
| 600 | SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 601 | |
| 602 | EraseRect (&r); |
| 603 | } |
| 604 | |
| 605 | /* Mac version of XClearWindow. */ |
| 606 | |
| 607 | static void |
| 608 | XClearWindow (display, w) |
| 609 | Display *display; |
| 610 | WindowPtr w; |
| 611 | { |
| 612 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w); |
| 613 | XGCValues xgc; |
| 614 | |
| 615 | xgc.foreground = mwp->x_compatible.foreground_pixel; |
| 616 | xgc.background = mwp->x_compatible.background_pixel; |
| 617 | |
| 618 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 619 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 620 | #else |
| 621 | SetPort (w); |
| 622 | #endif |
| 623 | |
| 624 | mac_set_colors (&xgc); |
| 625 | |
| 626 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 627 | { |
| 628 | Rect r; |
| 629 | |
| 630 | GetWindowPortBounds (w, &r); |
| 631 | EraseRect (&r); |
| 632 | } |
| 633 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 634 | EraseRect (&(w->portRect)); |
| 635 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 636 | } |
| 637 | |
| 638 | |
| 639 | /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea. */ |
| 640 | |
| 641 | static void |
| 642 | mac_draw_bitmap (display, w, gc, x, y, bitmap) |
| 643 | Display *display; |
| 644 | WindowPtr w; |
| 645 | GC gc; |
| 646 | int x, y; |
| 647 | BitMap *bitmap; |
| 648 | { |
| 649 | Rect r; |
| 650 | |
| 651 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 652 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 653 | #else |
| 654 | SetPort (w); |
| 655 | #endif |
| 656 | |
| 657 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 658 | SetRect (&r, x, y, x + bitmap->bounds.right, y + bitmap->bounds.bottom); |
| 659 | |
| 660 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 661 | { |
| 662 | PixMapHandle pmh; |
| 663 | |
| 664 | LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 665 | pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 666 | CopyBits (bitmap, (BitMap *) *pmh, &(bitmap->bounds), &r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 667 | UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 668 | } |
| 669 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 670 | CopyBits (bitmap, &(w->portBits), &(bitmap->bounds), &r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 671 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | |
| 674 | |
| 675 | /* Mac replacement for XSetClipRectangles. */ |
| 676 | |
| 677 | static void |
| 678 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (display, w, r) |
| 679 | Display *display; |
| 680 | WindowPtr w; |
| 681 | Rect *r; |
| 682 | { |
| 683 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 684 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 685 | #else |
| 686 | SetPort (w); |
| 687 | #endif |
| 688 | |
| 689 | ClipRect (r); |
| 690 | } |
| 691 | |
| 692 | |
| 693 | /* Mac replacement for XSetClipMask. */ |
| 694 | |
| 695 | static void |
| 696 | mac_reset_clipping (display, w) |
| 697 | Display *display; |
| 698 | WindowPtr w; |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | Rect r; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 703 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 704 | #else |
| 705 | SetPort (w); |
| 706 | #endif |
| 707 | |
| 708 | SetRect (&r, -32767, -32767, 32767, 32767); |
| 709 | ClipRect (&r); |
| 710 | } |
| 711 | |
| 712 | |
| 713 | /* Mac replacement for XCreateBitmapFromBitmapData. */ |
| 714 | |
| 715 | static void |
| 716 | mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (bitmap, bits, w, h) |
| 717 | BitMap *bitmap; |
| 718 | char *bits; |
| 719 | int w, h; |
| 720 | { |
| 721 | int bytes_per_row, i, j; |
| 722 | |
| 723 | bitmap->rowBytes = (w + 15) / 16 * 2; /* must be on word boundary */ |
| 724 | bitmap->baseAddr = xmalloc (bitmap->rowBytes * h); |
| 725 | if (!bitmap->baseAddr) |
| 726 | abort (); |
| 727 | |
| 728 | bzero (bitmap->baseAddr, bitmap->rowBytes * h); |
| 729 | for (i = 0; i < h; i++) |
| 730 | for (j = 0; j < w; j++) |
| 731 | if (BitTst (bits, i * w + j)) |
| 732 | BitSet (bitmap->baseAddr, i * bitmap->rowBytes * 8 + j); |
| 733 | |
| 734 | SetRect (&(bitmap->bounds), 0, 0, w, h); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | |
| 738 | static void |
| 739 | mac_free_bitmap (bitmap) |
| 740 | BitMap *bitmap; |
| 741 | { |
| 742 | xfree (bitmap->baseAddr); |
| 743 | } |
| 744 | |
| 745 | /* Mac replacement for XFillRectangle. */ |
| 746 | |
| 747 | static void |
| 748 | XFillRectangle (display, w, gc, x, y, width, height) |
| 749 | Display *display; |
| 750 | WindowPtr w; |
| 751 | GC gc; |
| 752 | int x, y; |
| 753 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | Rect r; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 758 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 759 | #else |
| 760 | SetPort (w); |
| 761 | #endif |
| 762 | |
| 763 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 764 | SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 765 | |
| 766 | PaintRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */ |
| 767 | } |
| 768 | |
| 769 | |
| 770 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawRectangle: dest is a window. */ |
| 771 | |
| 772 | static void |
| 773 | mac_draw_rectangle (display, w, gc, x, y, width, height) |
| 774 | Display *display; |
| 775 | WindowPtr w; |
| 776 | GC gc; |
| 777 | int x, y; |
| 778 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 779 | { |
| 780 | Rect r; |
| 781 | |
| 782 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 783 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 784 | #else |
| 785 | SetPort (w); |
| 786 | #endif |
| 787 | |
| 788 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 789 | SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width + 1, y + height + 1); |
| 790 | |
| 791 | FrameRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */ |
| 792 | } |
| 793 | |
| 794 | |
| 795 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawRectangle: dest is a Pixmap. */ |
| 796 | |
| 797 | static void |
| 798 | mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (display, p, gc, x, y, width, height) |
| 799 | Display *display; |
| 800 | Pixmap p; |
| 801 | GC gc; |
| 802 | int x, y; |
| 803 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 804 | { |
| 805 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: draw a rectangle in a PixMap */ |
| 806 | Rect r; |
| 807 | |
| 808 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 809 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 810 | #else |
| 811 | SetPort (w); |
| 812 | #endif |
| 813 | |
| 814 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 815 | SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height); |
| 816 | |
| 817 | FrameRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */ |
| 818 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | |
| 821 | |
| 822 | static void |
| 823 | mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, mode, |
| 824 | bytes_per_char) |
| 825 | Display *display; |
| 826 | WindowPtr w; |
| 827 | GC gc; |
| 828 | int x, y; |
| 829 | char *buf; |
| 830 | int nchars, mode, bytes_per_char; |
| 831 | { |
| 832 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 833 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 834 | #else |
| 835 | SetPort (w); |
| 836 | #endif |
| 837 | |
| 838 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 839 | |
| 840 | TextFont (gc->font->mac_fontnum); |
| 841 | TextSize (gc->font->mac_fontsize); |
| 842 | TextFace (gc->font->mac_fontface); |
| 843 | TextMode (mode); |
| 844 | |
| 845 | MoveTo (x, y); |
| 846 | DrawText (buf, 0, nchars * bytes_per_char); |
| 847 | } |
| 848 | |
| 849 | |
| 850 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawString. */ |
| 851 | |
| 852 | static void |
| 853 | XDrawString (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars) |
| 854 | Display *display; |
| 855 | WindowPtr w; |
| 856 | GC gc; |
| 857 | int x, y; |
| 858 | char *buf; |
| 859 | int nchars; |
| 860 | { |
| 861 | mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcOr, 1); |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | |
| 864 | |
| 865 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawString16. */ |
| 866 | |
| 867 | static void |
| 868 | XDrawString16 (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars) |
| 869 | Display *display; |
| 870 | WindowPtr w; |
| 871 | GC gc; |
| 872 | int x, y; |
| 873 | XChar2b *buf; |
| 874 | int nchars; |
| 875 | { |
| 876 | mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcOr, |
| 877 | 2); |
| 878 | } |
| 879 | |
| 880 | |
| 881 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawImageString. */ |
| 882 | |
| 883 | static void |
| 884 | XDrawImageString (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars) |
| 885 | Display *display; |
| 886 | WindowPtr w; |
| 887 | GC gc; |
| 888 | int x, y; |
| 889 | char *buf; |
| 890 | int nchars; |
| 891 | { |
| 892 | mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcCopy, 1); |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | |
| 895 | |
| 896 | /* Mac replacement for XDrawString16. */ |
| 897 | |
| 898 | static void |
| 899 | XDrawImageString16 (display, w, gc, x, y, buf, nchars) |
| 900 | Display *display; |
| 901 | WindowPtr w; |
| 902 | GC gc; |
| 903 | int x, y; |
| 904 | XChar2b *buf; |
| 905 | int nchars; |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | mac_draw_string_common (display, w, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcCopy, |
| 908 | 2); |
| 909 | } |
| 910 | |
| 911 | |
| 912 | /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: dest must be window. */ |
| 913 | |
| 914 | static void |
| 915 | mac_copy_area (display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, |
| 916 | dest_y) |
| 917 | Display *display; |
| 918 | Pixmap src; |
| 919 | WindowPtr dest; |
| 920 | GC gc; |
| 921 | int src_x, src_y; |
| 922 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 923 | int dest_x, dest_y; |
| 924 | { |
| 925 | Rect src_r, dest_r; |
| 926 | |
| 927 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 928 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (dest)); |
| 929 | #else |
| 930 | SetPort (dest); |
| 931 | #endif |
| 932 | |
| 933 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 934 | |
| 935 | SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height); |
| 936 | SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height); |
| 937 | |
| 938 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 939 | { |
| 940 | PixMapHandle pmh; |
| 941 | |
| 942 | LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (dest)); |
| 943 | pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (dest)); |
| 944 | CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, (BitMap *) *pmh, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 945 | UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (dest)); |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 948 | CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, &(dest->portBits), &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 949 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 950 | } |
| 951 | |
| 952 | |
| 953 | #if 0 |
| 954 | /* Convert a pair of local coordinates to global (screen) coordinates. |
| 955 | Assume graphic port has been properly set. */ |
| 956 | static void |
| 957 | local_to_global_coord (short *h, short *v) |
| 958 | { |
| 959 | Point p; |
| 960 | |
| 961 | p.h = *h; |
| 962 | p.v = *v; |
| 963 | |
| 964 | LocalToGlobal (&p); |
| 965 | |
| 966 | *h = p.h; |
| 967 | *v = p.v; |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | #endif |
| 970 | |
| 971 | /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: used only for scrolling. */ |
| 972 | |
| 973 | static void |
| 974 | mac_scroll_area (display, w, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y) |
| 975 | Display *display; |
| 976 | WindowPtr w; |
| 977 | GC gc; |
| 978 | int src_x, src_y; |
| 979 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 980 | int dest_x, dest_y; |
| 981 | { |
| 982 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 983 | Rect gw_r, src_r, dest_r; |
| 984 | PixMapHandle pmh; |
| 985 | |
| 986 | SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height); |
| 987 | SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height); |
| 988 | |
| 989 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 990 | |
| 991 | ForeColor (blackColor); |
| 992 | BackColor (whiteColor); |
| 993 | |
| 994 | LockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 995 | pmh = GetPortPixMap (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 996 | CopyBits ((BitMap *) *pmh, (BitMap *) *pmh, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 997 | UnlockPortBits (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 998 | |
| 999 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 1000 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 1001 | Rect src_r, dest_r; |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | SetPort (w); |
| 1004 | #if 0 |
| 1005 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 1006 | #endif |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height); |
| 1009 | SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height); |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | #if 0 |
| 1012 | /* Need to use global coordinates and screenBits since src and dest |
| 1013 | areas overlap in general. */ |
| 1014 | local_to_global_coord (&src_r.left, &src_r.top); |
| 1015 | local_to_global_coord (&src_r.right, &src_r.bottom); |
| 1016 | local_to_global_coord (&dest_r.left, &dest_r.top); |
| 1017 | local_to_global_coord (&dest_r.right, &dest_r.bottom); |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | CopyBits (&qd.screenBits, &qd.screenBits, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 1020 | #else |
| 1021 | /* In Color QuickDraw, set ForeColor and BackColor as follows to avoid |
| 1022 | color mapping in CopyBits. Otherwise, it will be slow. */ |
| 1023 | ForeColor (blackColor); |
| 1024 | BackColor (whiteColor); |
| 1025 | CopyBits (&(w->portBits), &(w->portBits), &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 1028 | #endif |
| 1029 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 1030 | } |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | /* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: dest must be Pixmap. */ |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | static void |
| 1036 | mac_copy_area_to_pixmap (display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, |
| 1037 | dest_x, dest_y) |
| 1038 | Display *display; |
| 1039 | Pixmap src; |
| 1040 | Pixmap dest; |
| 1041 | GC gc; |
| 1042 | int src_x, src_y; |
| 1043 | unsigned int width, height; |
| 1044 | int dest_x, dest_y; |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | Rect src_r, dest_r; |
| 1047 | int src_right = ((PixMap *) src)->bounds.right; |
| 1048 | int src_bottom = ((PixMap *) src)->bounds.bottom; |
| 1049 | int w = src_right - src_x; |
| 1050 | int h = src_bottom - src_y; |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | mac_set_colors (gc); |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_right, src_bottom); |
| 1055 | SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + w, dest_y + h); |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | CopyBits ((BitMap *) &src, (BitMap *) &dest, &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0); |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | /* Mac replacement for XChangeGC. */ |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | static void |
| 1064 | XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask, |
| 1065 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | if (mask & GCForeground) |
| 1068 | gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground; |
| 1069 | if (mask & GCBackground) |
| 1070 | gc->background = xgcv->background; |
| 1071 | if (mask & GCFont) |
| 1072 | gc->font = xgcv->font; |
| 1073 | } |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | /* Mac replacement for XCreateGC. */ |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | XGCValues * |
| 1079 | XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask, |
| 1080 | XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 1081 | { |
| 1082 | XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 1083 | bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues)); |
| 1084 | |
| 1085 | XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv); |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | return gc; |
| 1088 | } |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | /* Used in xfaces.c. */ |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | void |
| 1094 | XFreeGC (display, gc) |
| 1095 | Display *display; |
| 1096 | GC gc; |
| 1097 | { |
| 1098 | xfree (gc); |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /* Mac replacement for XGetGCValues. */ |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | static void |
| 1105 | XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc, |
| 1106 | unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv) |
| 1107 | { |
| 1108 | XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc); |
| 1109 | } |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | /* Mac replacement for XSetForeground. */ |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | static void |
| 1115 | XSetForeground (display, gc, color) |
| 1116 | Display *display; |
| 1117 | GC gc; |
| 1118 | unsigned long color; |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | gc->foreground = color; |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 | /* Mac replacement for XSetFont. */ |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | static void |
| 1127 | XSetFont (display, gc, font) |
| 1128 | Display *display; |
| 1129 | GC gc; |
| 1130 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1131 | { |
| 1132 | gc->font = font; |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | static void |
| 1137 | XTextExtents16 (XFontStruct *font, XChar2b *text, int nchars, |
| 1138 | int *direction,int *font_ascent, |
| 1139 | int *font_descent, XCharStruct *cs) |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | /* MAC_TODO: Use GetTextMetrics to do this and inline it below. */ |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | /* x_sync is a no-op on Mac. */ |
| 1146 | void |
| 1147 | x_sync (f) |
| 1148 | void *f; |
| 1149 | { |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement. |
| 1154 | Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer |
| 1155 | is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending, |
| 1156 | XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page. |
| 1157 | XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves |
| 1158 | performance. */ |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 1161 | #define XFlush(DISPLAY) QDFlushPortBuffer (GetQDGlobalsThePort (), NULL) |
| 1162 | #else |
| 1163 | #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0 |
| 1164 | #endif |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */ |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | void |
| 1169 | x_flush (f) |
| 1170 | struct frame *f; |
| 1171 | { |
| 1172 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 1173 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1174 | if (f == NULL) |
| 1175 | { |
| 1176 | Lisp_Object rest, frame; |
| 1177 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame) |
| 1178 | x_flush (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 1179 | } |
| 1180 | else if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 1181 | XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 1182 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1183 | #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 1184 | } |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | \f |
| 1188 | /* Return the struct mac_display_info corresponding to DPY. There's |
| 1189 | only one. */ |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | struct mac_display_info * |
| 1192 | mac_display_info_for_display (dpy) |
| 1193 | Display *dpy; |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | return &one_mac_display_info; |
| 1196 | } |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | \f |
| 1200 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1201 | Starting and ending an update |
| 1202 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 1205 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 1206 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 1207 | each window being updated. */ |
| 1208 | |
| 1209 | static void |
| 1210 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 1211 | struct frame *f; |
| 1212 | { |
| 1213 | /* Nothing to do. */ |
| 1214 | } |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 1218 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 1219 | position of W. */ |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | static void |
| 1222 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 1223 | struct window *w; |
| 1224 | { |
| 1225 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 1226 | struct mac_display_info *display_info = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | updated_window = w; |
| 1229 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 1236 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 1239 | highlighting. */ |
| 1240 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 1241 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 1244 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 1245 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 1246 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 1247 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 1248 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 1251 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 1252 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 1253 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 1254 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 1255 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 1256 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 1257 | { |
| 1258 | int i; |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 1261 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 1262 | break; |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 1265 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 1266 | } |
| 1267 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 1268 | } |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1271 | } |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't |
| 1275 | have vertical scroll bars. */ |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | static void |
| 1278 | x_draw_vertical_border (w) |
| 1279 | struct window *w; |
| 1280 | { |
| 1281 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't |
| 1284 | do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the |
| 1285 | right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its |
| 1286 | neighbor will suffice as a border. */ |
| 1287 | if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w) |
| 1288 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | int x0, x1, y0, y1; |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | window_box_edges (w, -1, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1); |
| 1293 | x1 += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 1294 | y1 -= 1; |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 | XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 1297 | f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, x1, y0, x1, y1); |
| 1298 | } |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 1305 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 1308 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 1309 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 1312 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 1313 | here. */ |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | static void |
| 1316 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 1317 | struct window *w; |
| 1318 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 1319 | { |
| 1320 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 1321 | = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 1324 | { |
| 1325 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 1328 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 1329 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 1330 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 1333 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 1337 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 1338 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 1339 | { |
| 1340 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 1341 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 1342 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | #if 0 |
| 1346 | /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it |
| 1347 | was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in |
| 1348 | x_update_window_begin. */ |
| 1349 | if (w32_use_visible_system_caret) |
| 1350 | SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0); |
| 1351 | #endif |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 1358 | update_end. */ |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | static void |
| 1361 | x_update_end (f) |
| 1362 | struct frame *f; |
| 1363 | { |
| 1364 | /* Reset the background color of Mac OS Window to that of the frame after |
| 1365 | update so that it is used by Mac Toolbox to clear the update region before |
| 1366 | an update event is generated. */ |
| 1367 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 1368 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f))); |
| 1369 | #else |
| 1370 | SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 1371 | #endif |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | mac_set_backcolor (FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)); |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 1376 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1379 | XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 1380 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 1385 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 1386 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | static void |
| 1389 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) |
| 1390 | struct frame *f; |
| 1391 | { |
| 1392 | if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 1393 | { |
| 1394 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 1397 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 1398 | { |
| 1399 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1400 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 1401 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 1402 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 1403 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 1404 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 1405 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 1412 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required |
| 1413 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 1414 | found in updated_window. This function is called from |
| 1415 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 1416 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | static void |
| 1419 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 1420 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 1421 | { |
| 1422 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 1423 | struct frame *f; |
| 1424 | int width, height; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | xassert (w); |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 1429 | { |
| 1430 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1431 | x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row); |
| 1432 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1433 | } |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 1436 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could |
| 1437 | check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window, |
| 1438 | but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows |
| 1439 | are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the |
| 1440 | overhead is very small. */ |
| 1441 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed |
| 1442 | && desired_row->full_width_p |
| 1443 | && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), |
| 1444 | width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 1445 | width != 0) |
| 1446 | && (height = desired_row->visible_height, |
| 1447 | height > 0)) |
| 1448 | { |
| 1449 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 1450 | /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */ |
| 1451 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 1452 | && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 1453 | y -= width; |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 1458 | 0, y, width, height, 0); |
| 1459 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 1460 | f->output_data.mac->pixel_width - width, y, |
| 1461 | width, height, 0); |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | } |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 | /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of |
| 1469 | window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it |
| 1470 | determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be |
| 1471 | drawn. */ |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | static void |
| 1474 | x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, which, left_p) |
| 1475 | struct window *w; |
| 1476 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 1477 | enum fringe_bitmap_type which; |
| 1478 | int left_p; |
| 1479 | { |
| 1480 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 1481 | Display *display = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f); |
| 1482 | WindowPtr window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f); |
| 1483 | int x, y, wd, h, dy; |
| 1484 | int b1, b2; |
| 1485 | unsigned char *bits; |
| 1486 | BitMap bitmap; |
| 1487 | XGCValues gcv; |
| 1488 | GC gc = f->output_data.mac->normal_gc; |
| 1489 | struct face *face; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 1492 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1); |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */ |
| 1495 | y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | switch (which) |
| 1498 | { |
| 1499 | case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP: |
| 1500 | wd = 0; |
| 1501 | h = 0; |
| 1502 | break; |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 1505 | wd = left_width; |
| 1506 | h = left_height; |
| 1507 | bits = left_bits; |
| 1508 | break; |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP: |
| 1511 | wd = ov_width; |
| 1512 | h = ov_height; |
| 1513 | bits = ov_bits; |
| 1514 | break; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP: |
| 1517 | wd = right_width; |
| 1518 | h = right_height; |
| 1519 | bits = right_bits; |
| 1520 | break; |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 1523 | wd = continued_width; |
| 1524 | h = continued_height; |
| 1525 | bits = continued_bits; |
| 1526 | break; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 1529 | wd = continuation_width; |
| 1530 | h = continuation_height; |
| 1531 | bits = continuation_bits; |
| 1532 | break; |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | case ZV_LINE_BITMAP: |
| 1535 | wd = zv_width; |
| 1536 | h = zv_height - (y % zv_period); |
| 1537 | bits = zv_bits + (y % zv_period); |
| 1538 | break; |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | default: |
| 1541 | abort (); |
| 1542 | } |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | /* Clip bitmap if too high. */ |
| 1545 | if (h > row->height) |
| 1546 | h = row->height; |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */ |
| 1549 | dy = (row->height - h) / 2; |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 | /* Draw the bitmap. */ |
| 1552 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, FRINGE_FACE_ID); |
| 1553 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 | /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 1556 | the fringe. */ |
| 1557 | b1 = -1; |
| 1558 | if (left_p) |
| 1559 | { |
| 1560 | if (wd > FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)) |
| 1561 | wd = FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 1562 | x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0) |
| 1563 | - wd |
| 1564 | - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 1565 | if (wd < FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h) |
| 1566 | { |
| 1567 | /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */ |
| 1568 | int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0 |
| 1569 | && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 1570 | ? 1 : 0); |
| 1571 | b1 = (window_box_left (w, -1) |
| 1572 | - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) |
| 1573 | + border); |
| 1574 | b2 = (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - border); |
| 1575 | } |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | else |
| 1578 | { |
| 1579 | if (wd > FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)) |
| 1580 | wd = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 1581 | x = (window_box_right (w, -1) |
| 1582 | + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2); |
| 1583 | /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill |
| 1584 | the fringe. */ |
| 1585 | if (wd < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h) |
| 1586 | { |
| 1587 | b1 = window_box_right (w, -1); |
| 1588 | b2 = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 1589 | } |
| 1590 | } |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | if (b1 >= 0) |
| 1593 | { |
| 1594 | int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 1595 | XGCValues gcv; |
| 1596 | gcv.foreground = face->background; |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 1599 | /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and |
| 1600 | for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on |
| 1601 | mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to |
| 1602 | FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ |
| 1603 | if (face->stipple) |
| 1604 | XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 1605 | else |
| 1606 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background); |
| 1607 | #endif |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 1610 | &gcv, |
| 1611 | b1, |
| 1612 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 1613 | row->y)), |
| 1614 | b2, |
| 1615 | row->visible_height); |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 1618 | if (!face->stipple) |
| 1619 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground); |
| 1620 | #endif |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | if (which == NO_FRINGE_BITMAP) |
| 1624 | { |
| 1625 | mac_reset_clipping (display, window); |
| 1626 | return; |
| 1627 | } |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (&bitmap, bits, wd, h); |
| 1630 | gcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
| 1631 | gcv.background = face->background; |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | mac_draw_bitmap (display, window, &gcv, x, y + dy, &bitmap); |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | mac_free_bitmap (&bitmap); |
| 1636 | mac_reset_clipping (display, window); |
| 1637 | } |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this |
| 1641 | function with input blocked. */ |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | static void |
| 1644 | x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row) |
| 1645 | struct window *w; |
| 1646 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 1647 | { |
| 1648 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 1649 | enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap; |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we |
| 1654 | don't have to draw anything. */ |
| 1655 | if (row->visible_height <= 0) |
| 1656 | return; |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
| 1659 | { |
| 1660 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */ |
| 1661 | if (row->overlay_arrow_p) |
| 1662 | bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP; |
| 1663 | else if (row->truncated_on_left_p) |
| 1664 | bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 1665 | else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)) |
| 1666 | bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 1667 | else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
| 1668 | bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 1669 | else |
| 1670 | bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP; |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 | x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, bitmap, 1); |
| 1673 | } |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
| 1676 | { |
| 1677 | /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */ |
| 1678 | if (row->truncated_on_right_p) |
| 1679 | bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP; |
| 1680 | else if (row->continued_p) |
| 1681 | bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 1682 | else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p && FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) == 0) |
| 1683 | bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP; |
| 1684 | else |
| 1685 | bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP; |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, bitmap, 0); |
| 1688 | } |
| 1689 | } |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | \f |
| 1692 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 1693 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing |
| 1694 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 1695 | rarely happens). */ |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | static void |
| 1698 | XTset_terminal_modes () |
| 1699 | { |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 1703 | the windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | static void |
| 1706 | XTreset_terminal_modes () |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | \f |
| 1712 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1713 | Output Cursor |
| 1714 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor |
| 1717 | positions are relative to updated_window. */ |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | static void |
| 1720 | set_output_cursor (cursor) |
| 1721 | struct cursor_pos *cursor; |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos; |
| 1724 | output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos; |
| 1725 | output_cursor.x = cursor->x; |
| 1726 | output_cursor.y = cursor->y; |
| 1727 | } |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | /* Set a nominal cursor position. |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X |
| 1733 | and Y are window text area relative pixel positions. |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the |
| 1736 | window that is being updated and the position is the future output |
| 1737 | cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use |
| 1738 | selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */ |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | static void |
| 1741 | XTcursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x) |
| 1742 | int vpos, hpos, y, x; |
| 1743 | { |
| 1744 | struct window *w; |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */ |
| 1747 | if (updated_window) |
| 1748 | w = updated_window; |
| 1749 | else |
| 1750 | w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | /* Set the output cursor. */ |
| 1753 | output_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 1754 | output_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 1755 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 1756 | output_cursor.y = y; |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor. |
| 1759 | This will also set the cursor position of W. */ |
| 1760 | if (updated_window == NULL) |
| 1761 | { |
| 1762 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1763 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 1764 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ())); |
| 1765 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | \f |
| 1771 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 1772 | Display Iterator |
| 1773 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 1778 | struct glyph *, |
| 1779 | XChar2b *, |
| 1780 | int *)); |
| 1781 | static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int, |
| 1782 | int, XChar2b *, int)); |
| 1783 | static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *)); |
| 1784 | static void x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *)); |
| 1785 | static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1786 | static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1787 | static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object, |
| 1788 | int, int, double)); |
| 1789 | static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *)); |
| 1790 | static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it)); |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | /* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a |
| 1794 | character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b. */ |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | #define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \ |
| 1797 | ((font)->per_char \ |
| 1798 | ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 \ |
| 1799 | + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1) \ |
| 1800 | ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1) \ |
| 1801 | * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \ |
| 1802 | : 0)) \ |
| 1803 | : &((font)->max_bounds)) |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B |
| 1807 | is not contained in the font. */ |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | static INLINE XCharStruct * |
| 1810 | x_per_char_metric (font, char2b) |
| 1811 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1812 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1813 | { |
| 1814 | /* The result metric information. */ |
| 1815 | XCharStruct *pcm = NULL; |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | if (font->per_char != NULL) |
| 1820 | { |
| 1821 | if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0) |
| 1822 | { |
| 1823 | /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index |
| 1824 | corresponding to the first element of the per_char array, |
| 1825 | max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A |
| 1826 | character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font. |
| 1827 | A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or |
| 1828 | greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */ |
| 1829 | if (char2b->byte1 == 0 |
| 1830 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1831 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1832 | pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2; |
| 1833 | } |
| 1834 | else |
| 1835 | { |
| 1836 | /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both |
| 1837 | min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than |
| 1838 | 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding |
| 1839 | to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are: |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | byte1 = N/D + min_byte1 |
| 1842 | byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | where: |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1 |
| 1847 | / = integer division |
| 1848 | \ = integer modulus */ |
| 1849 | if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1 |
| 1850 | && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1 |
| 1851 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1852 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1853 | { |
| 1854 | pcm = (font->per_char |
| 1855 | + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1) |
| 1856 | * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1)) |
| 1857 | + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2)); |
| 1858 | } |
| 1859 | } |
| 1860 | } |
| 1861 | else |
| 1862 | { |
| 1863 | /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first |
| 1864 | and last character indexes inclusive have the same |
| 1865 | information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */ |
| 1866 | if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1867 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 1868 | pcm = &font->max_bounds; |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | return ((pcm == NULL |
| 1872 | || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)) |
| 1873 | ? NULL : pcm); |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is |
| 1878 | the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | static INLINE void |
| 1881 | x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info) |
| 1882 | int c; |
| 1883 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1884 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 1885 | { |
| 1886 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); |
| 1887 | XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. |
| 1890 | This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a |
| 1891 | fixed encoding. */ |
| 1892 | if (font_info->font_encoder) |
| 1893 | { |
| 1894 | /* It's a program. */ |
| 1895 | struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1900 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2; |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | else |
| 1903 | { |
| 1904 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 1905 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1; |
| 1906 | ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2; |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL |
| 1912 | program. */ |
| 1913 | if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */ |
| 1914 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1]; |
| 1915 | else |
| 1916 | char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2]; |
| 1917 | } |
| 1918 | else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) |
| 1919 | { |
| 1920 | /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the |
| 1921 | encoding numbers. */ |
| 1922 | int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) |
| 1925 | && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) |
| 1926 | char2b->byte1 |= 0x80; |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 | if (enc == 1 || enc == 3) |
| 1929 | char2b->byte2 |= 0x80; |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | if (enc == 4) |
| 1932 | { |
| 1933 | int sjis1, sjis2; |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | ENCODE_SJIS (char2b->byte1, char2b->byte2, sjis1, sjis2); |
| 1936 | char2b->byte1 = sjis1; |
| 1937 | char2b->byte2 = sjis2; |
| 1938 | } |
| 1939 | } |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame |
| 1944 | F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero |
| 1945 | means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a |
| 1946 | realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 1949 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p) |
| 1950 | struct frame *f; |
| 1951 | int c, face_id; |
| 1952 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 1953 | int multibyte_p; |
| 1954 | { |
| 1955 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | if (!multibyte_p) |
| 1958 | { |
| 1959 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 1960 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 1961 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1962 | char2b->byte2 = c; |
| 1963 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c); |
| 1964 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 1965 | } |
| 1966 | else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 1967 | { |
| 1968 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 1969 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 1970 | char2b->byte2 = c; |
| 1971 | } |
| 1972 | else |
| 1973 | { |
| 1974 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 1977 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 1978 | SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2); |
| 1979 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 1980 | char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; |
| 1981 | else |
| 1982 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 1985 | if (face->font != NULL) |
| 1986 | { |
| 1987 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 1988 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 1989 | if (font_info) |
| 1990 | x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info); |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 1995 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 1996 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | return face; |
| 1999 | } |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F. |
| 2003 | The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is |
| 2004 | a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */ |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | static INLINE struct face * |
| 2007 | x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p) |
| 2008 | struct frame *f; |
| 2009 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2010 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 2011 | int *two_byte_p; |
| 2012 | { |
| 2013 | struct face *face; |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH); |
| 2016 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id); |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 2019 | *two_byte_p = 0; |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | if (!glyph->multibyte_p) |
| 2022 | { |
| 2023 | /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make |
| 2024 | sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */ |
| 2025 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 2026 | char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; |
| 2027 | } |
| 2028 | else if (glyph->u.ch < 128 |
| 2029 | && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 2030 | { |
| 2031 | /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */ |
| 2032 | char2b->byte1 = 0; |
| 2033 | char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch; |
| 2034 | } |
| 2035 | else |
| 2036 | { |
| 2037 | int c1, c2, charset; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is |
| 2040 | really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */ |
| 2041 | SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2); |
| 2042 | if (c2 > 0) |
| 2043 | char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2; |
| 2044 | else |
| 2045 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1; |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 2048 | if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII) |
| 2049 | { |
| 2050 | struct font_info *font_info |
| 2051 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2052 | if (font_info) |
| 2053 | { |
| 2054 | x_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info); |
| 2055 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 2056 | *two_byte_p |
| 2057 | = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0; |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */ |
| 2063 | xassert (face != NULL); |
| 2064 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face); |
| 2065 | return face; |
| 2066 | } |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row. |
| 2070 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | static INLINE void |
| 2073 | x_append_glyph (it) |
| 2074 | struct it *it; |
| 2075 | { |
| 2076 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2077 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 2080 | xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t'); |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2083 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 2084 | { |
| 2085 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 2086 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 2087 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 2088 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 2089 | glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH; |
| 2090 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2091 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 2092 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 2093 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 2094 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 2095 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 2096 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 2097 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 2098 | glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display; |
| 2099 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2100 | } |
| 2101 | } |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 | /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row. |
| 2104 | Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */ |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | static INLINE void |
| 2107 | x_append_composite_glyph (it) |
| 2108 | struct it *it; |
| 2109 | { |
| 2110 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2111 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 | xassert (it->glyph_row); |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2116 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 2117 | { |
| 2118 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 2119 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 2120 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 2121 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 2122 | glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH; |
| 2123 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2124 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 2125 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 2126 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent |
| 2127 | || it->phys_descent > it->descent); |
| 2128 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 2129 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 2130 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 2131 | glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id; |
| 2132 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2133 | } |
| 2134 | } |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of |
| 2138 | IT->voffset. */ |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 | static INLINE void |
| 2141 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it) |
| 2142 | struct it *it; |
| 2143 | { |
| 2144 | if (it->voffset) |
| 2145 | { |
| 2146 | if (it->voffset < 0) |
| 2147 | /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher |
| 2148 | in the line. */ |
| 2149 | it->ascent += abs (it->voffset); |
| 2150 | else |
| 2151 | /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower |
| 2152 | in the line. */ |
| 2153 | it->descent += it->voffset; |
| 2154 | } |
| 2155 | } |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with. |
| 2159 | See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for |
| 2160 | an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | static void |
| 2163 | x_produce_image_glyph (it) |
| 2164 | struct it *it; |
| 2165 | { |
| 2166 | struct image *img; |
| 2167 | struct face *face; |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE); |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2172 | img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id); |
| 2173 | xassert (img); |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */ |
| 2176 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 2177 | prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img); |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face); |
| 2180 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent; |
| 2181 | it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2186 | { |
| 2187 | if (face->box_line_width > 0) |
| 2188 | { |
| 2189 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2190 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2191 | } |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2194 | it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); |
| 2195 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2196 | it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2202 | { |
| 2203 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2204 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2207 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 2208 | { |
| 2209 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 2210 | glyph->object = it->object; |
| 2211 | glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width; |
| 2212 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 2213 | glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH; |
| 2214 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2215 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 2216 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 2217 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 2218 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 2219 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 2220 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 2221 | glyph->u.img_id = img->id; |
| 2222 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source |
| 2229 | of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the |
| 2230 | stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the |
| 2231 | ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */ |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | static void |
| 2234 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent) |
| 2235 | struct it *it; |
| 2236 | Lisp_Object object; |
| 2237 | int width, height; |
| 2238 | double ascent; |
| 2239 | { |
| 2240 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 2241 | enum glyph_row_area area = it->area; |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1); |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2246 | if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1]) |
| 2247 | { |
| 2248 | glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position); |
| 2249 | glyph->object = object; |
| 2250 | glyph->pixel_width = width; |
| 2251 | glyph->voffset = it->voffset; |
| 2252 | glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH; |
| 2253 | glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2254 | glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p; |
| 2255 | glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p; |
| 2256 | glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0; |
| 2257 | glyph->padding_p = 0; |
| 2258 | glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 2259 | glyph->face_id = it->face_id; |
| 2260 | glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent; |
| 2261 | glyph->u.stretch.height = height; |
| 2262 | ++it->glyph_row->used[area]; |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | } |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value |
| 2268 | of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list |
| 2269 | `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs |
| 2270 | being recognized: |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH * |
| 2273 | canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating |
| 2274 | point number. |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch |
| 2277 | should be computed from the width of the first character having the |
| 2278 | `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width. |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough |
| 2281 | to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units. |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | Exactly one of the above pairs must be present. |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced |
| 2286 | should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units. |
| 2287 | |
| 2288 | 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the |
| 2289 | stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having |
| 2290 | the glyph property. |
| 2291 | |
| 2292 | Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present. |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height |
| 2295 | of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch. |
| 2296 | ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */ |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | #define NUMVAL(X) \ |
| 2299 | ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \ |
| 2300 | ? XFLOATINT (X) \ |
| 2301 | : - 1) |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | static void |
| 2305 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it) |
| 2306 | struct it *it; |
| 2307 | { |
| 2308 | /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */ |
| 2309 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 2310 | extern Lisp_Object Qspace; |
| 2311 | #endif |
| 2312 | extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent; |
| 2313 | extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height; |
| 2314 | extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to; |
| 2315 | Lisp_Object prop, plist; |
| 2316 | double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0; |
| 2317 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2318 | XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face); |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /* List should start with `space'. */ |
| 2323 | xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace)); |
| 2324 | plist = XCDR (it->object); |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 | /* Compute the width of the stretch. */ |
| 2327 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth), |
| 2328 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 2329 | /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */ |
| 2330 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 2331 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width), |
| 2332 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 2333 | { |
| 2334 | /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid. |
| 2335 | Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph' |
| 2336 | property. */ |
| 2337 | struct it it2; |
| 2338 | unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | it2 = *it; |
| 2341 | if (it->multibyte_p) |
| 2342 | { |
| 2343 | int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT) |
| 2344 | - IT_BYTEPOS (*it)); |
| 2345 | it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len); |
| 2346 | } |
| 2347 | else |
| 2348 | it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1; |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | it2.glyph_row = NULL; |
| 2351 | it2.what = IT_CHARACTER; |
| 2352 | x_produce_glyphs (&it2); |
| 2353 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width; |
| 2354 | } |
| 2355 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to), |
| 2356 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 2357 | width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x; |
| 2358 | else |
| 2359 | /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */ |
| 2360 | width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | /* Compute height. */ |
| 2363 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight), |
| 2364 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 2365 | height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f); |
| 2366 | else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height), |
| 2367 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0) |
| 2368 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop); |
| 2369 | else |
| 2370 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If |
| 2373 | `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise, |
| 2374 | derive the ascent from the font in use. */ |
| 2375 | if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent), |
| 2376 | NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100) |
| 2377 | ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0; |
| 2378 | else |
| 2379 | ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | if (width <= 0) |
| 2382 | width = 1; |
| 2383 | if (height <= 0) |
| 2384 | height = 1; |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2387 | { |
| 2388 | Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string; |
| 2389 | if (!STRINGP (object)) |
| 2390 | object = it->w->buffer; |
| 2391 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent); |
| 2392 | } |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | it->pixel_width = width; |
| 2395 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent; |
| 2396 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent; |
| 2397 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | if (face->box_line_width > 0) |
| 2402 | { |
| 2403 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2404 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2405 | } |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2408 | it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); |
| 2409 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2410 | it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width); |
| 2411 | } |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has |
| 2417 | ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical |
| 2418 | center of the line of frame F. |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure; |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 2423 | -+-+---------+-+ | | |
| 2424 | | | | | | | |
| 2425 | | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT |
| 2426 | | | | ASCENT | | |
| 2427 | HEIGHT | | | | | |
| 2428 | | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline |
| 2429 | | | | | BOFF | | |
| 2430 | | |---------|-+-+ | | |
| 2431 | | | | DESCENT | | |
| 2432 | -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT | |
| 2433 | -------------------------+-----------+- |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT |
| 2436 | BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT |
| 2437 | DESCENT = FONT->descent |
| 2438 | HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT) |
| 2439 | F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent |
| 2440 | - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset) |
| 2441 | F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F) |
| 2442 | */ |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \ |
| 2445 | (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \ |
| 2446 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \ |
| 2447 | + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \ |
| 2448 | - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F))) |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 | /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is |
| 2451 | loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in |
| 2452 | dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */ |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | static void |
| 2455 | x_produce_glyphs (it) |
| 2456 | struct it *it; |
| 2457 | { |
| 2458 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 0; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER) |
| 2461 | { |
| 2462 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 2463 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2464 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2465 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 2466 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 2467 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2468 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 2469 | /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte |
| 2470 | conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it |
| 2471 | later. |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in |
| 2474 | struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or |
| 2475 | not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must |
| 2476 | consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct |
| 2477 | glyph. |
| 2478 | */ |
| 2479 | int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p; |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the |
| 2482 | other way. */ |
| 2483 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 2484 | if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c)) |
| 2485 | { |
| 2486 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 2487 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2488 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 2489 | || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))) |
| 2490 | { |
| 2491 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 2492 | it->multibyte_p = 1; |
| 2493 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2494 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2495 | } |
| 2496 | else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2497 | && !it->multibyte_p) |
| 2498 | { |
| 2499 | it->multibyte_p = 1; |
| 2500 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2501 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2502 | } |
| 2503 | } |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 | /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 2506 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 2507 | it->face_id, &char2b, |
| 2508 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 2509 | font = face->font; |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 2512 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 2513 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 2514 | { |
| 2515 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2516 | boff = it->f->output_data.mac->baseline_offset; |
| 2517 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | else |
| 2520 | { |
| 2521 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2522 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2523 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2524 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | if (it->char_to_display >= ' ' |
| 2528 | && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128)) |
| 2529 | { |
| 2530 | /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */ |
| 2531 | int stretched_p; |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2536 | it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2537 | it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | if (pcm) |
| 2540 | { |
| 2541 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 2542 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 2543 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | else |
| 2546 | { |
| 2547 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 2548 | it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2549 | it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2550 | it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2551 | } |
| 2552 | |
| 2553 | /* If this is a space inside a region of text with |
| 2554 | `space-width' property, change its width. */ |
| 2555 | stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width); |
| 2556 | if (stretched_p) |
| 2557 | it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width); |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character |
| 2560 | height. If character has a box line to the left and/or |
| 2561 | right, add the box line width to the character's width. */ |
| 2562 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2563 | { |
| 2564 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | if (thick > 0) |
| 2567 | { |
| 2568 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2569 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | else |
| 2572 | thick = -thick; |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2575 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2576 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2577 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2581 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2582 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2583 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */ |
| 2588 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2589 | { |
| 2590 | if (stretched_p) |
| 2591 | { |
| 2592 | /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property |
| 2593 | into a stretch glyph. */ |
| 2594 | double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) |
| 2595 | / FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 2596 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 2597 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | else |
| 2600 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed |
| 2603 | in this line, record that fact in a flag of the |
| 2604 | glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */ |
| 2605 | if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 2606 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\n') |
| 2610 | { |
| 2611 | /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */ |
| 2612 | it->pixel_width = 0; |
| 2613 | it->nglyphs = 0; |
| 2614 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2615 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2618 | && face->box_line_width > 0) |
| 2619 | { |
| 2620 | it->ascent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2621 | it->descent += face->box_line_width; |
| 2622 | } |
| 2623 | } |
| 2624 | else if (it->char_to_display == '\t') |
| 2625 | { |
| 2626 | int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f); |
| 2627 | int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width; |
| 2628 | int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width; |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab |
| 2631 | stop is less than a canonical character width, use the |
| 2632 | tab stop after that. */ |
| 2633 | if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f)) |
| 2634 | next_tab_x += tab_width; |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x; |
| 2637 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2638 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2639 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2642 | { |
| 2643 | double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent); |
| 2644 | x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, |
| 2645 | it->ascent + it->descent, ascent); |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | } |
| 2648 | else |
| 2649 | { |
| 2650 | /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the |
| 2651 | character is the width of the character multiplied by the |
| 2652 | width of the font. */ |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right |
| 2655 | metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's |
| 2656 | default font and calculate the width of the character |
| 2657 | from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code |
| 2658 | did. */ |
| 2659 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2660 | if (font_not_found_p || !pcm) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display); |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 | it->glyph_not_available_p = 1; |
| 2665 | it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f)) |
| 2666 | * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)); |
| 2667 | it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2668 | it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | else |
| 2671 | { |
| 2672 | it->pixel_width = pcm->width; |
| 2673 | it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff; |
| 2674 | it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff; |
| 2675 | if (it->glyph_row |
| 2676 | && (pcm->lbearing < 0 |
| 2677 | || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)) |
| 2678 | it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1; |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2681 | it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2682 | it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2683 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2684 | { |
| 2685 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | if (thick > 0) |
| 2688 | { |
| 2689 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2690 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | else |
| 2693 | thick = - thick; |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2696 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2697 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2698 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2699 | } |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2702 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2703 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2704 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2709 | x_append_glyph (it); |
| 2710 | } |
| 2711 | it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p; |
| 2712 | } |
| 2713 | else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION) |
| 2714 | { |
| 2715 | /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the |
| 2716 | glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */ |
| 2717 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 2718 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 2719 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2720 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 2721 | int font_not_found_p; |
| 2722 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 2723 | int boff; /* baseline offset */ |
| 2724 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id]; |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */ |
| 2727 | it->char_to_display = it->c; |
| 2728 | if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment |
| 2729 | && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c) |
| 2730 | && (it->c >= 0240 |
| 2731 | || (it->c >= 0200 |
| 2732 | && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))) |
| 2733 | { |
| 2734 | it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c); |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */ |
| 2738 | it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display); |
| 2739 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id); |
| 2740 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display, |
| 2741 | it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p); |
| 2742 | font = face->font; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */ |
| 2745 | font_not_found_p = font == NULL; |
| 2746 | if (font_not_found_p) |
| 2747 | { |
| 2748 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2749 | boff = it->f->output_data.mac->baseline_offset; |
| 2750 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | else |
| 2753 | { |
| 2754 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2755 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2756 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2757 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to |
| 2761 | produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width, |
| 2762 | ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by |
| 2763 | draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */ |
| 2764 | it->nglyphs = 1; |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of |
| 2767 | the composition for the current face font, calculate them |
| 2768 | now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the |
| 2769 | glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So, |
| 2770 | here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads |
| 2771 | to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can |
| 2772 | correct the display anyway. */ |
| 2773 | if (cmp->font != (void *) font) |
| 2774 | { |
| 2775 | /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of |
| 2776 | this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent |
| 2777 | and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than |
| 2778 | them respectively. */ |
| 2779 | int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff; |
| 2780 | int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff; |
| 2781 | /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2782 | int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest; |
| 2783 | int i, width, ascent, descent; |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | cmp->font = (void *) font; |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | /* Initialize the bounding box. */ |
| 2788 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2789 | if (pcm) |
| 2790 | { |
| 2791 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2792 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2793 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2794 | } |
| 2795 | else |
| 2796 | { |
| 2797 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2798 | ascent = FONT_BASE (font); |
| 2799 | descent = FONT_DESCENT (font); |
| 2800 | } |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | rightmost = width; |
| 2803 | lowest = - descent + boff; |
| 2804 | highest = ascent + boff; |
| 2805 | leftmost = 0; |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | if (font_info |
| 2808 | && font_info->default_ascent |
| 2809 | && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent) |
| 2810 | && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, |
| 2811 | make_number (it->char_to_display)))) |
| 2812 | highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff; |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be |
| 2815 | shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at |
| 2816 | the left. */ |
| 2817 | cmp->offsets[0] = 0; |
| 2818 | cmp->offsets[1] = boff; |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */ |
| 2821 | for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2822 | { |
| 2823 | int left, right, btm, top; |
| 2824 | int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i); |
| 2825 | int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch); |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id); |
| 2828 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b, |
| 2829 | it->multibyte_p); |
| 2830 | font = face->font; |
| 2831 | if (font == NULL) |
| 2832 | { |
| 2833 | font = FRAME_FONT (it->f); |
| 2834 | boff = it->f->output_data.mac->baseline_offset; |
| 2835 | font_info = NULL; |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | else |
| 2838 | { |
| 2839 | font_info |
| 2840 | = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id); |
| 2841 | boff = font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 2842 | if (font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 2843 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff; |
| 2844 | } |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b); |
| 2847 | if (pcm) |
| 2848 | { |
| 2849 | width = pcm->width; |
| 2850 | ascent = pcm->ascent; |
| 2851 | descent = pcm->descent; |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | else |
| 2854 | { |
| 2855 | width = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 2856 | ascent = 1; |
| 2857 | descent = 0; |
| 2858 | } |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS) |
| 2861 | { |
| 2862 | /* Relative composition with or without |
| 2863 | alternate chars. */ |
| 2864 | left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2; |
| 2865 | btm = - descent + boff; |
| 2866 | if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose |
| 2867 | && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition) |
| 2868 | || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition, |
| 2869 | make_number (ch))))) |
| 2870 | { |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose) |
| 2873 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2874 | btm = highest + 1; |
| 2875 | else if (ascent <= 0) |
| 2876 | /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */ |
| 2877 | btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent; |
| 2878 | } |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | else |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | /* A composition rule is specified by an integer |
| 2883 | value that encodes global and new reference |
| 2884 | points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are |
| 2885 | specified by numbers as below: |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | 0---1---2 -- ascent |
| 2888 | | | |
| 2889 | | | |
| 2890 | | | |
| 2891 | 9--10--11 -- center |
| 2892 | | | |
| 2893 | ---3---4---5--- baseline |
| 2894 | | | |
| 2895 | 6---7---8 -- descent |
| 2896 | */ |
| 2897 | int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i); |
| 2898 | int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy; |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref); |
| 2901 | grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3; |
| 2902 | grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3; |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | left = (leftmost |
| 2905 | + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2 |
| 2906 | - nrefx * width / 2); |
| 2907 | btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest |
| 2908 | : grefy == 1 ? 0 |
| 2909 | : grefy == 2 ? lowest |
| 2910 | : (highest + lowest) / 2) |
| 2911 | - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent |
| 2912 | : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff |
| 2913 | : nrefy == 2 ? 0 |
| 2914 | : (ascent + descent) / 2)); |
| 2915 | } |
| 2916 | |
| 2917 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left; |
| 2918 | cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent; |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */ |
| 2921 | right = left + width; |
| 2922 | top = btm + descent + ascent; |
| 2923 | if (left < leftmost) |
| 2924 | leftmost = left; |
| 2925 | if (right > rightmost) |
| 2926 | rightmost = right; |
| 2927 | if (top > highest) |
| 2928 | highest = top; |
| 2929 | if (btm < lowest) |
| 2930 | lowest = btm; |
| 2931 | } |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative, |
| 2934 | shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets |
| 2935 | non-negative. */ |
| 2936 | if (leftmost < 0) |
| 2937 | { |
| 2938 | for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++) |
| 2939 | cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost; |
| 2940 | rightmost -= leftmost; |
| 2941 | } |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | cmp->pixel_width = rightmost; |
| 2944 | cmp->ascent = highest; |
| 2945 | cmp->descent = - lowest; |
| 2946 | if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent) |
| 2947 | cmp->ascent = font_ascent; |
| 2948 | if (cmp->descent < font_descent) |
| 2949 | cmp->descent = font_descent; |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width; |
| 2953 | it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent; |
| 2954 | it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent; |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2957 | { |
| 2958 | int thick = face->box_line_width; |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | if (thick > 0) |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | it->ascent += thick; |
| 2963 | it->descent += thick; |
| 2964 | } |
| 2965 | else |
| 2966 | thick = - thick; |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | if (it->start_of_box_run_p) |
| 2969 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2970 | if (it->end_of_box_run_p) |
| 2971 | it->pixel_width += thick; |
| 2972 | } |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline |
| 2975 | (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */ |
| 2976 | if (face->overline_p) |
| 2977 | it->ascent += 2; |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | take_vertical_position_into_account (it); |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | if (it->glyph_row) |
| 2982 | x_append_composite_glyph (it); |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE) |
| 2985 | x_produce_image_glyph (it); |
| 2986 | else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH) |
| 2987 | x_produce_stretch_glyph (it); |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0 |
| 2990 | because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */ |
| 2991 | xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0); |
| 2992 | if (it->area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 2993 | it->current_x += it->pixel_width; |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent); |
| 2998 | it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent); |
| 2999 | it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent); |
| 3000 | it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent); |
| 3001 | } |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F. |
| 3005 | FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */ |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | int |
| 3008 | x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id) |
| 3009 | struct frame *f; |
| 3010 | enum face_id face_id; |
| 3011 | { |
| 3012 | int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face |
| 3015 | cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */ |
| 3016 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 3017 | { |
| 3018 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); |
| 3019 | if (face) |
| 3020 | { |
| 3021 | if (face->font) |
| 3022 | height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font); |
| 3023 | if (face->box_line_width > 0) |
| 3024 | height += 2 * face->box_line_width; |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | } |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | return height; |
| 3029 | } |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 | \f |
| 3032 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3033 | Glyph display |
| 3034 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face. |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it |
| 3039 | could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It |
| 3040 | is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because |
| 3041 | it's not clear what other systems will need. */ |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | struct glyph_string |
| 3044 | { |
| 3045 | /* X-origin of the string. */ |
| 3046 | int x; |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */ |
| 3049 | int y, ybase; |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */ |
| 3052 | int width; |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */ |
| 3055 | int background_width; |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this |
| 3058 | string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the |
| 3059 | font the string is drawn in. */ |
| 3060 | int height; |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin. |
| 3063 | This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is |
| 3064 | -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */ |
| 3065 | int left_overhang; |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most |
| 3068 | nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's |
| 3069 | rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */ |
| 3070 | int right_overhang; |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 3073 | struct frame *f; |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */ |
| 3076 | struct window *w; |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | /* X display and window for convenience. */ |
| 3079 | Display *display; |
| 3080 | Window window; |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the |
| 3083 | y-origin and height of the string. */ |
| 3084 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | /* The area within row. */ |
| 3087 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */ |
| 3090 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 3091 | int nchars; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */ |
| 3094 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 3097 | struct face *face; |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */ |
| 3100 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | /* Font info for this string. */ |
| 3103 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition. |
| 3106 | All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */ |
| 3107 | struct composition *cmp; |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph |
| 3110 | definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes |
| 3111 | the first character of a composition. */ |
| 3112 | int gidx; |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end |
| 3115 | of the window's drawing area. */ |
| 3116 | unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1; |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */ |
| 3119 | unsigned background_filled_p : 1; |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 3122 | unsigned two_byte_p : 1; |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph |
| 3125 | string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to |
| 3126 | the frame's default font in this case. */ |
| 3127 | unsigned font_not_found_p : 1; |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a |
| 3130 | stipple pattern. */ |
| 3131 | unsigned stippled_p : 1; |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn, |
| 3134 | and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph |
| 3135 | string appears in as clip rect. */ |
| 3136 | unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */ |
| 3139 | GC gc; |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph |
| 3142 | corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if |
| 3143 | font_not_found_p is 1. */ |
| 3144 | struct glyph *first_glyph; |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | /* Image, if any. */ |
| 3147 | struct image *img; |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | struct glyph_string *next, *prev; |
| 3150 | }; |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | #if 0 |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | static void |
| 3156 | x_dump_glyph_string (s) |
| 3157 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3158 | { |
| 3159 | fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n"); |
| 3160 | fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n", |
| 3161 | s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height); |
| 3162 | fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase); |
| 3163 | fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl); |
| 3164 | fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n", |
| 3165 | s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang); |
| 3166 | fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars); |
| 3167 | fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n", |
| 3168 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p); |
| 3169 | fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font)); |
| 3170 | fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width); |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 3178 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 3179 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 3180 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3181 | static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 3182 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 3183 | struct glyph_string *, |
| 3184 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3185 | static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **, |
| 3186 | struct glyph_string **, |
| 3187 | struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3188 | static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3189 | static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3190 | static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3191 | static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3192 | static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, |
| 3193 | int)); |
| 3194 | static void x_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 3195 | XChar2b *, struct window *, |
| 3196 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 3197 | enum glyph_row_area, int, |
| 3198 | enum draw_glyphs_face)); |
| 3199 | static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *, |
| 3200 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int, |
| 3201 | enum draw_glyphs_face, int)); |
| 3202 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3203 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3204 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 3205 | int)); |
| 3206 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3207 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3208 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3209 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3210 | static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3211 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3212 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3213 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3214 | static void x_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph *, struct frame *, |
| 3215 | int *, int *)); |
| 3216 | static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int)); |
| 3217 | /*static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap, |
| 3218 | unsigned long *, double, int));*/ |
| 3219 | static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 3220 | double, int, unsigned long)); |
| 3221 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3222 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3223 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3224 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3225 | static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap)); |
| 3226 | static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 3227 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 3228 | int, int, int)); |
| 3229 | static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 3230 | int, int, int, int, Rect *)); |
| 3231 | static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 3232 | int, int, int, Rect *)); |
| 3233 | static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
| 3234 | enum glyph_row_area)); |
| 3235 | static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 3236 | struct glyph_row *, |
| 3237 | enum glyph_row_area, int, int)); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 3240 | static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); |
| 3241 | #endif |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list |
| 3245 | with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */ |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | static INLINE void |
| 3248 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 3249 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 3250 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 3251 | { |
| 3252 | if (h) |
| 3253 | { |
| 3254 | if (*head) |
| 3255 | (*tail)->next = h; |
| 3256 | else |
| 3257 | *head = h; |
| 3258 | h->prev = *tail; |
| 3259 | *tail = t; |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | } |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the |
| 3265 | list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the |
| 3266 | result. */ |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | static INLINE void |
| 3269 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t) |
| 3270 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 3271 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 3272 | { |
| 3273 | if (h) |
| 3274 | { |
| 3275 | if (*head) |
| 3276 | (*head)->prev = t; |
| 3277 | else |
| 3278 | *tail = t; |
| 3279 | t->next = *head; |
| 3280 | *head = h; |
| 3281 | } |
| 3282 | } |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. |
| 3286 | Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */ |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | static INLINE void |
| 3289 | x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s) |
| 3290 | struct glyph_string **head, **tail; |
| 3291 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3292 | { |
| 3293 | s->next = s->prev = NULL; |
| 3294 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s); |
| 3295 | } |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 3299 | face. */ |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | static void |
| 3302 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 3303 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3304 | { |
| 3305 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 3306 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 3307 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 3308 | && !s->cmp) |
| 3309 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc; |
| 3310 | else |
| 3311 | { |
| 3312 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 3313 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3314 | unsigned long mask; |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel; |
| 3317 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 3320 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 3321 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 3322 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 3323 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 3324 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 3325 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 3328 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 3329 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 3330 | { |
| 3331 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 3332 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 3333 | } |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 3336 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 3337 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 3340 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 3341 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 3342 | else |
| 3343 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 3344 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 3347 | } |
| 3348 | } |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 3352 | |
| 3353 | static void |
| 3354 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 3355 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3356 | { |
| 3357 | int face_id; |
| 3358 | struct face *face; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ |
| 3361 | face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 3362 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 3363 | if (face == NULL) |
| 3364 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 3367 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); |
| 3368 | else |
| 3369 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); |
| 3370 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 3371 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 3374 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 3375 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3376 | else |
| 3377 | { |
| 3378 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 3379 | but font FONT. */ |
| 3380 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3381 | unsigned long mask; |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 3384 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 3385 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 3386 | xgcv.font = s->font; |
| 3387 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont; |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 3390 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 3391 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 3392 | else |
| 3393 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 3394 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 3397 | } |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 3400 | } |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 3404 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 3405 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | static INLINE void |
| 3408 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 3409 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3410 | { |
| 3411 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3412 | } |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 3416 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 3417 | pattern. */ |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | static INLINE void |
| 3420 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 3421 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3422 | { |
| 3423 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 3426 | { |
| 3427 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3428 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 3431 | { |
| 3432 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 3433 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 3436 | { |
| 3437 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 3438 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 3439 | } |
| 3440 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 3441 | { |
| 3442 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 3443 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3444 | } |
| 3445 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 3446 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 3447 | { |
| 3448 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3449 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3450 | } |
| 3451 | else |
| 3452 | { |
| 3453 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 3454 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 3458 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */ |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | static void |
| 3465 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r) |
| 3466 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3467 | Rect *r; |
| 3468 | { |
| 3469 | int r_height, r_width; |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | if (s->row->full_width_p) |
| 3472 | { |
| 3473 | /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */ |
| 3474 | int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x; |
| 3477 | r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x; |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f)) |
| 3480 | { |
| 3481 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x; |
| 3482 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f)) |
| 3483 | r->left -= width; |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 | /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always |
| 3489 | fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */ |
| 3490 | if (s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 3491 | r_height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 3492 | else |
| 3493 | r_height = s->height; |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | else |
| 3496 | { |
| 3497 | /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */ |
| 3498 | r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0); |
| 3499 | r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area); |
| 3500 | r_height = s->row->visible_height; |
| 3501 | } |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and |
| 3504 | bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string |
| 3505 | intentionally draws over other lines. */ |
| 3506 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 3507 | { |
| 3508 | r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 3509 | r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top; |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | else |
| 3512 | { |
| 3513 | /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially |
| 3514 | visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for |
| 3515 | partially visible lines at the top of a window. */ |
| 3516 | if (!s->row->full_width_p |
| 3517 | && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row)) |
| 3518 | r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w); |
| 3519 | else |
| 3520 | r->top = max (0, s->row->y); |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border |
| 3523 | at the top of the window. */ |
| 3524 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 3525 | r->top -= s->f->output_data.mac->internal_border_width; |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | r->bottom = r->top + r_height; |
| 3531 | r->right = r->left + r_width; |
| 3532 | } |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 3536 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | static INLINE void |
| 3539 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 3540 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3541 | { |
| 3542 | Rect r; |
| 3543 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 3544 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, &r); |
| 3545 | } |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph |
| 3549 | string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | static INLINE void |
| 3552 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 3553 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3554 | { |
| 3555 | if (s->cmp == NULL |
| 3556 | && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 3557 | { |
| 3558 | XCharStruct cs; |
| 3559 | int direction, font_ascent, font_descent; |
| 3560 | XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction, |
| 3561 | &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs); |
| 3562 | s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0; |
| 3563 | s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0; |
| 3564 | } |
| 3565 | } |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its |
| 3569 | predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S. |
| 3570 | BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */ |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | static void |
| 3573 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p) |
| 3574 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3575 | int x; |
| 3576 | int backward_p; |
| 3577 | { |
| 3578 | if (backward_p) |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | while (s) |
| 3581 | { |
| 3582 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 3583 | x -= s->width; |
| 3584 | s->x = x; |
| 3585 | s = s->prev; |
| 3586 | } |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | else |
| 3589 | { |
| 3590 | while (s) |
| 3591 | { |
| 3592 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 3593 | s->x = x; |
| 3594 | x += s->width; |
| 3595 | s = s->next; |
| 3596 | } |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | } |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on |
| 3602 | frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are |
| 3603 | assumed to be zero. */ |
| 3604 | |
| 3605 | void |
| 3606 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right) |
| 3607 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 3608 | struct frame *f; |
| 3609 | int *left, *right; |
| 3610 | { |
| 3611 | *left = *right = 0; |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 3614 | { |
| 3615 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 3616 | struct face *face; |
| 3617 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 3618 | XChar2b char2b; |
| 3619 | XCharStruct *pcm; |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL); |
| 3622 | font = face->font; |
| 3623 | font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id); |
| 3624 | if (font |
| 3625 | && (pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b))) |
| 3626 | { |
| 3627 | if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width) |
| 3628 | *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width; |
| 3629 | if (pcm->lbearing < 0) |
| 3630 | *left = -pcm->lbearing; |
| 3631 | } |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 3637 | is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1 |
| 3638 | if no glyphs are overwritten. */ |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | static int |
| 3641 | x_left_overwritten (s) |
| 3642 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3643 | { |
| 3644 | int k; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | if (s->left_overhang) |
| 3647 | { |
| 3648 | int x = 0, i; |
| 3649 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3650 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i) |
| 3653 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | k = i + 1; |
| 3656 | } |
| 3657 | else |
| 3658 | k = -1; |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | return k; |
| 3661 | } |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that |
| 3665 | is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no |
| 3666 | glyph in front of S overwrites S. */ |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | static int |
| 3669 | x_left_overwriting (s) |
| 3670 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3671 | { |
| 3672 | int i, k, x; |
| 3673 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3674 | int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs; |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 | k = -1; |
| 3677 | x = 0; |
| 3678 | for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | int left, right; |
| 3681 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 3682 | if (x + right > 0) |
| 3683 | k = i; |
| 3684 | x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3685 | } |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | return k; |
| 3688 | } |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is |
| 3692 | not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if |
| 3693 | no such glyph is found. */ |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | static int |
| 3696 | x_right_overwritten (s) |
| 3697 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3698 | { |
| 3699 | int k = -1; |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | if (s->right_overhang) |
| 3702 | { |
| 3703 | int x = 0, i; |
| 3704 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3705 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3706 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i) |
| 3709 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | k = i; |
| 3712 | } |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | return k; |
| 3715 | } |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that |
| 3719 | overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative |
| 3720 | if no such glyph is found. */ |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | static int |
| 3723 | x_right_overwriting (s) |
| 3724 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3725 | { |
| 3726 | int i, k, x; |
| 3727 | int end = s->row->used[s->area]; |
| 3728 | struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 3729 | int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars); |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | k = -1; |
| 3732 | x = 0; |
| 3733 | for (i = first; i < end; ++i) |
| 3734 | { |
| 3735 | int left, right; |
| 3736 | x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right); |
| 3737 | if (x - left < 0) |
| 3738 | k = i; |
| 3739 | x += glyphs[i].pixel_width; |
| 3740 | } |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | return k; |
| 3743 | } |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 | static INLINE void |
| 3749 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 3750 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3751 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 3752 | { |
| 3753 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | xgcv.foreground = s->gc->background; |
| 3756 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, x, y, w, h); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 3761 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 3762 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 3763 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 3764 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | static void |
| 3767 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 3768 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3769 | int force_p; |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 3772 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 3773 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 3774 | { |
| 3775 | int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 3778 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 3779 | { |
| 3780 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 3781 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 3782 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 3783 | s->y + box_line_width, |
| 3784 | s->background_width, |
| 3785 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 3786 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 3787 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3788 | } |
| 3789 | else |
| 3790 | #endif |
| 3791 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width |
| 3792 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 3793 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 3794 | || force_p) |
| 3795 | { |
| 3796 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, |
| 3797 | s->background_width, |
| 3798 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 3799 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 3800 | } |
| 3801 | } |
| 3802 | } |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | static void |
| 3808 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3809 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3810 | { |
| 3811 | int i, x; |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3814 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3815 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3816 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3817 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3818 | else |
| 3819 | x = s->x; |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 3822 | loaded. */ |
| 3823 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3824 | { |
| 3825 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 3828 | mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, |
| 3829 | s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 3830 | s->height - 1); |
| 3831 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 3832 | } |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | else |
| 3835 | { |
| 3836 | char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; |
| 3837 | int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 3840 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ |
| 3843 | if (!s->two_byte_p) |
| 3844 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 3845 | char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2; |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been |
| 3848 | filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that |
| 3849 | XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always |
| 3850 | use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is |
| 3851 | no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */ |
| 3852 | if (s->for_overlaps_p |
| 3853 | || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 3854 | { |
| 3855 | /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */ |
| 3856 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 3857 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3858 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 3859 | else |
| 3860 | XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3861 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 3862 | } |
| 3863 | else |
| 3864 | { |
| 3865 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 3866 | XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3867 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 3868 | else |
| 3869 | XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 3870 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | } |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | static void |
| 3878 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 3879 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 3880 | { |
| 3881 | int i, x; |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 3884 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 3885 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 3886 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 3887 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 3888 | else |
| 3889 | x = s->x; |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of |
| 3892 | the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 3893 | S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 3894 | this composition. */ |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 3897 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 3898 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 3899 | { |
| 3900 | if (s->gidx == 0) |
| 3901 | mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y, |
| 3902 | s->width - 1, s->height - 1); |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | else |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) |
| 3907 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 3908 | x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], |
| 3909 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 3910 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 3911 | } |
| 3912 | } |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget)); |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame |
| 3921 | cannot be determined. */ |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 | static struct frame * |
| 3924 | x_frame_of_widget (widget) |
| 3925 | Widget widget; |
| 3926 | { |
| 3927 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3928 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3929 | struct frame *f; |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget)); |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function |
| 3934 | can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow |
| 3935 | (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use |
| 3936 | x_any_window_to_frame. */ |
| 3937 | while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget)) |
| 3938 | widget = XtParent (widget); |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 | /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color |
| 3941 | on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */ |
| 3942 | for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3943 | if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)) |
| 3944 | && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)), |
| 3945 | (f->output_data.nothing != 1 |
| 3946 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo)) |
| 3947 | && f->output_data.x->widget == widget) |
| 3948 | return f; |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | abort (); |
| 3951 | } |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of |
| 3955 | widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be |
| 3956 | allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero |
| 3957 | if successful. This is called from lwlib. */ |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | int |
| 3960 | x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color) |
| 3961 | Widget widget; |
| 3962 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3963 | XColor *color; |
| 3964 | { |
| 3965 | struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); |
| 3966 | return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color); |
| 3967 | } |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap |
| 3975 | CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color |
| 3976 | available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the |
| 3977 | color allocated. */ |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | int |
| 3980 | x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color) |
| 3981 | struct frame *f; |
| 3982 | Colormap cmap; |
| 3983 | XColor *color; |
| 3984 | { |
| 3985 | Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 3986 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (f); |
| 3987 | int rc; |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | gamma_correct (f, color); |
| 3990 | rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color); |
| 3991 | if (rc == 0) |
| 3992 | { |
| 3993 | /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going |
| 3994 | to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is |
| 3995 | a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest |
| 3996 | color matching with StaticColor visuals. */ |
| 3997 | int nearest, i; |
| 3998 | unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0; |
| 3999 | int ncells = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen)); |
| 4000 | XColor *cells = (XColor *) alloca (ncells * sizeof *cells); |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | for (i = 0; i < ncells; ++i) |
| 4003 | cells[i].pixel = i; |
| 4004 | XQueryColors (display, cmap, cells, ncells); |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i) |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8); |
| 4009 | long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8); |
| 4010 | long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8); |
| 4011 | unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | if (delta < nearest_delta) |
| 4014 | { |
| 4015 | nearest = i; |
| 4016 | nearest_delta = delta; |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | } |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | color->red = cells[nearest].red; |
| 4021 | color->green = cells[nearest].green; |
| 4022 | color->blue = cells[nearest].blue; |
| 4023 | rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color); |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 4027 | if (rc) |
| 4028 | register_color (color->pixel); |
| 4029 | #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */ |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | return rc; |
| 4032 | } |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 4036 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 4037 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | unsigned long |
| 4040 | x_copy_color (f, pixel) |
| 4041 | struct frame *f; |
| 4042 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 4043 | { |
| 4044 | XColor color; |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 4047 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4048 | XQueryColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color); |
| 4049 | XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color); |
| 4050 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4051 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 4052 | register_color (pixel); |
| 4053 | #endif |
| 4054 | return color.pixel; |
| 4055 | } |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 4059 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 4060 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 | unsigned long |
| 4063 | x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel) |
| 4064 | Display *dpy; |
| 4065 | Colormap cmap; |
| 4066 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 4067 | { |
| 4068 | XColor color; |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 4071 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4072 | XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 4073 | XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 4074 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4075 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 4076 | register_color (pixel); |
| 4077 | #endif |
| 4078 | return color.pixel; |
| 4079 | } |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR |
| 4084 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 4085 | If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB |
| 4086 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR. |
| 4087 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 4088 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | static int |
| 4091 | mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta) |
| 4092 | struct frame *f; |
| 4093 | unsigned long *color; |
| 4094 | double factor; |
| 4095 | int delta; |
| 4096 | { |
| 4097 | unsigned long new; |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 4100 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 4101 | new = RGB_TO_ULONG (min (0xff, (int) (factor * RED_FROM_ULONG (*color))), |
| 4102 | min (0xff, (int) (factor * GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color))), |
| 4103 | min (0xff, (int) (factor * BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)))); |
| 4104 | if (new == *color) |
| 4105 | new = RGB_TO_ULONG (max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + RED_FROM_ULONG (*color)))), |
| 4106 | max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)))), |
| 4107 | max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color))))); |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | /* MAC_TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */ |
| 4110 | /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | if (new == *color) |
| 4113 | return 0; |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 | *color = new; |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | return 1; |
| 4118 | } |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 4122 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 4123 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 4124 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 4125 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 4126 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | static void |
| 4129 | x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 4130 | struct frame *f; |
| 4131 | struct relief *relief; |
| 4132 | double factor; |
| 4133 | int delta; |
| 4134 | unsigned long default_pixel; |
| 4135 | { |
| 4136 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4137 | struct mac_output *di = f->output_data.mac; |
| 4138 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground; |
| 4139 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 4140 | unsigned long background = di->relief_background; |
| 4141 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */ |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 4146 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 4147 | pixel = background; |
| 4148 | if (mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 4149 | { |
| 4150 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 4151 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 4152 | } |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 4155 | { |
| 4156 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 4157 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 4158 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 4159 | #endif |
| 4160 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | else |
| 4163 | XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 4164 | } |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | static void |
| 4170 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 4171 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4172 | { |
| 4173 | struct mac_output *di = s->f->output_data.mac; |
| 4174 | unsigned long color; |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 4177 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 4178 | else |
| 4179 | { |
| 4180 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | /* Get the background color of the face. */ |
| 4183 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 4184 | color = xgcv.background; |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 4188 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 4189 | { |
| 4190 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 4191 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 4192 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 4193 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 4194 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 4195 | } |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | |
| 4199 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 4200 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 4201 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 4202 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 4203 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 4204 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 4205 | when drawing. */ |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | static void |
| 4208 | x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 4209 | raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 4210 | struct frame *f; |
| 4211 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 4212 | Rect *clip_rect; |
| 4213 | { |
| 4214 | int i; |
| 4215 | GC gc; |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | if (raised_p) |
| 4218 | gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc; |
| 4219 | else |
| 4220 | gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc; |
| 4221 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), clip_rect); |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | /* Top. */ |
| 4224 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 4225 | XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 4226 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 4227 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i); |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | /* Left. */ |
| 4230 | if (left_p) |
| 4231 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 4232 | XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 4233 | left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i); |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | mac_reset_clipping (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 4236 | if (raised_p) |
| 4237 | gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc; |
| 4238 | else |
| 4239 | gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc; |
| 4240 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 4241 | clip_rect); |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 4244 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 4245 | XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 4246 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 4247 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i); |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | /* Right. */ |
| 4250 | if (right_p) |
| 4251 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 4252 | XDrawLine (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 4253 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i); |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | mac_reset_clipping (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 4260 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 4261 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 4262 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 4263 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 4264 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | static void |
| 4267 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 4268 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 4269 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4270 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p; |
| 4271 | Rect *clip_rect; |
| 4272 | { |
| 4273 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->box_color; |
| 4276 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, clip_rect); |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | /* Top. */ |
| 4279 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, |
| 4280 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x, width); |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | /* Left. */ |
| 4283 | if (left_p) |
| 4284 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, |
| 4285 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y); |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 4288 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, |
| 4289 | left_x, bottom_y - width, right_x - left_x, width); |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | /* Right. */ |
| 4292 | if (right_p) |
| 4293 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, &xgcv, |
| 4294 | right_x - width, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y); |
| 4295 | |
| 4296 | mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window); |
| 4297 | } |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | static void |
| 4303 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 4304 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4305 | { |
| 4306 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 4307 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 4308 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 4309 | Rect clip_rect; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area); |
| 4312 | if (s->row->full_width_p |
| 4313 | && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f); |
| 4316 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f)) |
| 4317 | last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f); |
| 4318 | } |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 4321 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 4322 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 4323 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | width = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 4326 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 4327 | left_x = s->x; |
| 4328 | right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 4329 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 4330 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1)); |
| 4331 | top_y = s->y; |
| 4332 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 4335 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 4336 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 4337 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 4338 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 4339 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 4340 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 4341 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 4346 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 4347 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 4348 | else |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 4351 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 4352 | width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 4353 | } |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | static void |
| 4360 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 4361 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4362 | { |
| 4363 | int x; |
| 4364 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 4367 | right of that line. */ |
| 4368 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 4369 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4370 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 4371 | else |
| 4372 | x = s->x; |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 4375 | by that margin. */ |
| 4376 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 4377 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 4380 | { |
| 4381 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: image mask */ |
| 4382 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4383 | { |
| 4384 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 4385 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 4386 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 4387 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 4388 | manually. */ |
| 4389 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 4390 | | GCFunction); |
| 4391 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4392 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 4395 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 4396 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 4397 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 4398 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 4401 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 4402 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 4403 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 4404 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 4405 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) |
| 4406 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4407 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | else |
| 4410 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 4411 | { |
| 4412 | mac_copy_area (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4413 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 4416 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 4417 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 4418 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 4419 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 4420 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 4421 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 4422 | { |
| 4423 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 4424 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 4425 | mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 4426 | s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1); |
| 4427 | } |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | } |
| 4430 | else |
| 4431 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 4432 | mac_draw_rectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, |
| 4433 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 4434 | } |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | static void |
| 4441 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 4442 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4443 | { |
| 4444 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 4445 | Rect r; |
| 4446 | int x; |
| 4447 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 4450 | right of that line. */ |
| 4451 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 4452 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4453 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 4454 | else |
| 4455 | x = s->x; |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 4458 | by that margin. */ |
| 4459 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 4460 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 4463 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 4464 | { |
| 4465 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF; |
| 4466 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 4467 | } |
| 4468 | else |
| 4469 | { |
| 4470 | thick = abs (s->img->relief); |
| 4471 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 4472 | } |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 4475 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 4476 | x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1; |
| 4477 | y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1; |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 4480 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 4481 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r); |
| 4482 | } |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | static void |
| 4488 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 4489 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4490 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 4491 | { |
| 4492 | int x; |
| 4493 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 4496 | right of that line. */ |
| 4497 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 4498 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4499 | x = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 4500 | else |
| 4501 | x = 0; |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 4504 | by that margin. */ |
| 4505 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 4506 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 4509 | { |
| 4510 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: image mask */ |
| 4511 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4512 | { |
| 4513 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 4514 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 4515 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 4516 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 4517 | manually. */ |
| 4518 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 4519 | | GCFunction); |
| 4520 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 4523 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 4524 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 4525 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 4526 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4529 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4530 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4531 | } |
| 4532 | else |
| 4533 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 4534 | { |
| 4535 | mac_copy_area_to_pixmap (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4536 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 4539 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 4540 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 4541 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 4542 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 4543 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 4544 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 4545 | { |
| 4546 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 4547 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 4548 | mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 4549 | s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1); |
| 4550 | } |
| 4551 | } |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | else |
| 4554 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 4555 | mac_draw_rectangle_to_pixmap (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, |
| 4556 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 4557 | } |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 4561 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | static void |
| 4564 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 4565 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4566 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 4567 | { |
| 4568 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 4569 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4570 | { |
| 4571 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4572 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4573 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4574 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | else |
| 4577 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 4578 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 4579 | } |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | s->y |
| 4585 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 4586 | | s->face->box |
| 4587 | | |
| 4588 | | +------------------------- |
| 4589 | | | s->img->vmargin |
| 4590 | | | |
| 4591 | | | +------------------- |
| 4592 | | | | the image |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | */ |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | static void |
| 4597 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 4598 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4599 | { |
| 4600 | int x, y; |
| 4601 | int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 4602 | int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 4603 | int height; |
| 4604 | Pixmap pixmap = 0; |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth; |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 4609 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 4610 | flickering. */ |
| 4611 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4612 | if (height > s->img->height |
| 4613 | || s->img->hmargin |
| 4614 | || s->img->vmargin |
| 4615 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 4616 | || s->img->mask |
| 4617 | #endif |
| 4618 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 4619 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 4620 | { |
| 4621 | if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 4622 | x = s->x + box_line_hwidth; |
| 4623 | else |
| 4624 | x = s->x; |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | y = s->y + box_line_vwidth; |
| 4627 | #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */ |
| 4628 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 4629 | { |
| 4630 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 4631 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 4632 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 4633 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 4634 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 4637 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 4638 | s->background_width, |
| 4639 | s->height, depth); |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 4642 | pixmap. */ |
| 4643 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 4646 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4649 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4650 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4651 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4652 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 4653 | } |
| 4654 | else |
| 4655 | { |
| 4656 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4657 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 4658 | &xgcv); |
| 4659 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 4660 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 4661 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 4662 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4663 | } |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | else |
| 4666 | #endif |
| 4667 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4670 | } |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 4673 | if (pixmap != 0) |
| 4674 | { |
| 4675 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 4676 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4677 | mac_copy_area (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 4678 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y); |
| 4679 | mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window); |
| 4680 | XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap); |
| 4681 | } |
| 4682 | else |
| 4683 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 4686 | if (s->img->relief |
| 4687 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 4688 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 4689 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 4690 | } |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | static void |
| 4696 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 4697 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4698 | { |
| 4699 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 4700 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 4703 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 4704 | { |
| 4705 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 4706 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 4707 | int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width); |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 4710 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 4713 | if (width < s->background_width) |
| 4714 | { |
| 4715 | GC gc = s->face->gc; |
| 4716 | int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; |
| 4717 | int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 4718 | Rect r; |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | if (s->row->mouse_face_p |
| 4721 | && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) |
| 4722 | { |
| 4723 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 4724 | gc = s->gc; |
| 4725 | } |
| 4726 | else |
| 4727 | gc = s->face->gc; |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 4730 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (s->display, s->window, &r); |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */ |
| 4733 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 4734 | { |
| 4735 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 4736 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 4737 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4738 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 4739 | } |
| 4740 | else |
| 4741 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 4742 | { |
| 4743 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4744 | XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 4745 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background); |
| 4746 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 4747 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4748 | } |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window); |
| 4751 | } |
| 4752 | } |
| 4753 | else if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 4754 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, |
| 4755 | s->height); |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4758 | } |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | static void |
| 4764 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 4765 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4766 | { |
| 4767 | int relief_drawn_p = 0; |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 4770 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 4771 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 4772 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4773 | { |
| 4774 | xassert (s->next->img == NULL); |
| 4775 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); |
| 4776 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); |
| 4777 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); |
| 4778 | |
| 4779 | } |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 4782 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the |
| 4785 | glyph string can be drawn over it. */ |
| 4786 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p |
| 4787 | && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 4788 | && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 4789 | || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) |
| 4790 | |
| 4791 | { |
| 4792 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4793 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 4794 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 4795 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4796 | relief_drawn_p = 1; |
| 4797 | } |
| 4798 | else |
| 4799 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 4802 | { |
| 4803 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 4804 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 4805 | break; |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 4808 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 4809 | break; |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 4812 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4813 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4814 | else |
| 4815 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 4816 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4817 | break; |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 4820 | if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0) |
| 4821 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 4822 | else |
| 4823 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 4824 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 4825 | break; |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | default: |
| 4828 | abort (); |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 4832 | { |
| 4833 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 4834 | if (s->face->underline_p) |
| 4835 | { |
| 4836 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 4837 | unsigned long dy = s->height - h; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 4840 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4841 | s->width, h); |
| 4842 | else |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4845 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4846 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color); |
| 4847 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4848 | s->width, h); |
| 4849 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4850 | } |
| 4851 | } |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 4854 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 4855 | { |
| 4856 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4859 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4860 | s->width, h); |
| 4861 | else |
| 4862 | { |
| 4863 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4864 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4865 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color); |
| 4866 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4867 | s->width, h); |
| 4868 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4869 | } |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 4873 | if (s->face->strike_through_p) |
| 4874 | { |
| 4875 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 4876 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 4879 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4880 | s->width, h); |
| 4881 | else |
| 4882 | { |
| 4883 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 4884 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 4885 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color); |
| 4886 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 4887 | s->width, h); |
| 4888 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 4889 | } |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | /* Draw relief. */ |
| 4893 | if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 4894 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 4895 | } |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 4898 | mac_reset_clipping (s->display, s->window); |
| 4899 | } |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 4903 | struct face **, int)); |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp. |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition. |
| 4909 | S->gidx is the index of the first component for S. |
| 4910 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4911 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | Value is the index of a component not in S. */ |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | static int |
| 4916 | x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p) |
| 4917 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4918 | struct face **faces; |
| 4919 | int overlaps_p; |
| 4920 | { |
| 4921 | int i; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | xassert (s); |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | s->face = faces[s->gidx]; |
| 4928 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 4929 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset |
| 4932 | S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a |
| 4933 | glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */ |
| 4934 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4935 | for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i) |
| 4936 | ++s->nchars; |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width, |
| 4939 | i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */ |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's |
| 4944 | default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 4945 | the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 4946 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 4947 | if (s->font == NULL) |
| 4948 | { |
| 4949 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 4950 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 4951 | } |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 4954 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */ |
| 4959 | s->two_byte_p = 1; |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | return s->gidx + s->nchars; |
| 4962 | } |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs. |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the |
| 4968 | first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 4969 | OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and |
| 4970 | use its physical height for clipping. |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | static int |
| 4975 | x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p) |
| 4976 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 4977 | int face_id; |
| 4978 | int start, end, overlaps_p; |
| 4979 | { |
| 4980 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 4981 | int voffset; |
| 4982 | int glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame)); |
| 4985 | xassert (s->nchars == 0); |
| 4986 | xassert (start >= 0 && end > start); |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p; |
| 4989 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 4990 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 4991 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p; |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | while (glyph < last |
| 4996 | && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 4997 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 4998 | /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */ |
| 4999 | && glyph->face_id == face_id |
| 5000 | && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p) |
| 5001 | { |
| 5002 | int two_byte_p; |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph, |
| 5005 | s->char2b + s->nchars, |
| 5006 | &two_byte_p); |
| 5007 | s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p; |
| 5008 | ++s->nchars; |
| 5009 | xassert (s->nchars <= end - start); |
| 5010 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5011 | ++glyph; |
| 5012 | } |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 5015 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font, |
| 5018 | but record the fact that we couldn't load it in |
| 5019 | S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the |
| 5020 | characters of the glyph string. */ |
| 5021 | if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p) |
| 5022 | { |
| 5023 | s->font_not_found_p = 1; |
| 5024 | s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f); |
| 5025 | } |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 5028 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | xassert (s->face && s->face->gc); |
| 5031 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 5032 | } |
| 5033 | |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */ |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | static void |
| 5038 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 5039 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 5040 | { |
| 5041 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH); |
| 5042 | s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id); |
| 5043 | xassert (s->img); |
| 5044 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id); |
| 5045 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 5046 | s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 5049 | s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset; |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs. |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the |
| 5056 | area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to |
| 5057 | consider, END is the index of the last + 1. |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */ |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | static int |
| 5062 | x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end) |
| 5063 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 5064 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5065 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5066 | int start, end; |
| 5067 | { |
| 5068 | struct glyph *glyph, *last; |
| 5069 | int voffset, face_id; |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start; |
| 5074 | last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end; |
| 5075 | face_id = glyph->face_id; |
| 5076 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 5077 | s->font = s->face->font; |
| 5078 | s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id); |
| 5079 | s->width = glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5080 | voffset = glyph->voffset; |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | for (++glyph; |
| 5083 | (glyph < last |
| 5084 | && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 5085 | && glyph->voffset == voffset |
| 5086 | && glyph->face_id == face_id); |
| 5087 | ++glyph) |
| 5088 | s->width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */ |
| 5091 | s->ybase += voffset; |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | xassert (s->face); |
| 5094 | return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area]; |
| 5095 | } |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector |
| 5099 | of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in |
| 5100 | x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W |
| 5101 | is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row |
| 5102 | and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the |
| 5103 | index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a |
| 5104 | face-override for drawing S. */ |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | static void |
| 5107 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) |
| 5108 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 5109 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 5110 | struct window *w; |
| 5111 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5112 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5113 | int start; |
| 5114 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 5115 | { |
| 5116 | bzero (s, sizeof *s); |
| 5117 | s->w = w; |
| 5118 | s->f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5119 | s->display = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (s->f); |
| 5120 | s->window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (s->f); |
| 5121 | s->char2b = char2b; |
| 5122 | s->hl = hl; |
| 5123 | s->row = row; |
| 5124 | s->area = area; |
| 5125 | s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start; |
| 5126 | s->height = row->height; |
| 5127 | s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 | /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */ |
| 5130 | if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 5131 | s->y -= s->f->output_data.mac->internal_border_width; |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent; |
| 5134 | } |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the |
| 5138 | first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1 |
| 5139 | in the drawing area. */ |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 | static INLINE void |
| 5142 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x) |
| 5143 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 5144 | int start; |
| 5145 | int last_x; |
| 5146 | { |
| 5147 | /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of |
| 5148 | the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */ |
| 5149 | struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | if (start == s->row->used[s->area] |
| 5152 | && s->area == TEXT_AREA |
| 5153 | && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT |
| 5154 | && (s->row->fill_line_p |
| 5155 | || s->face->background != default_face->background |
| 5156 | || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple |
| 5157 | || s->row->mouse_face_p)) |
| 5158 | || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 5159 | || ((s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 5160 | && s->row->fill_line_p))) |
| 5161 | s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1; |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its |
| 5164 | background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing |
| 5165 | area. */ |
| 5166 | if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p) |
| 5167 | s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1; |
| 5168 | else |
| 5169 | s->background_width = s->width; |
| 5170 | } |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings |
| 5174 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in |
| 5175 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 5176 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 5177 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 5178 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 5179 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here |
| 5182 | and below -- keep them on one line. */ |
| 5183 | #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 5184 | do \ |
| 5185 | { \ |
| 5186 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 5187 | x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 5188 | START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \ |
| 5189 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 5190 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 5191 | } \ |
| 5192 | while (0) |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings |
| 5196 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in |
| 5197 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph |
| 5198 | in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned |
| 5199 | to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the |
| 5200 | glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X |
| 5201 | is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \ |
| 5204 | do \ |
| 5205 | { \ |
| 5206 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 5207 | x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 5208 | x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \ |
| 5209 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 5210 | ++START; \ |
| 5211 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 5212 | } \ |
| 5213 | while (0) |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | |
| 5216 | /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list |
| 5217 | of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first |
| 5218 | glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new |
| 5219 | glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row |
| 5220 | area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph |
| 5221 | string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it |
| 5222 | is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the |
| 5223 | right-most x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 5226 | do \ |
| 5227 | { \ |
| 5228 | int c, face_id; \ |
| 5229 | XChar2b *char2b; \ |
| 5230 | \ |
| 5231 | c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \ |
| 5232 | face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 5233 | \ |
| 5234 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 5235 | char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \ |
| 5236 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 5237 | x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \ |
| 5238 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 5239 | START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \ |
| 5240 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 5241 | } \ |
| 5242 | while (0) |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings |
| 5246 | between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in |
| 5247 | row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph |
| 5248 | string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area. |
| 5249 | X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string |
| 5250 | constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is |
| 5251 | DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most |
| 5252 | x-position of the drawing area. */ |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 5255 | do { \ |
| 5256 | int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \ |
| 5257 | int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \ |
| 5258 | struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \ |
| 5259 | struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \ |
| 5260 | int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \ |
| 5261 | XChar2b *char2b; \ |
| 5262 | struct face **faces; \ |
| 5263 | struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \ |
| 5264 | int n; \ |
| 5265 | \ |
| 5266 | base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \ |
| 5267 | char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \ |
| 5268 | faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \ |
| 5269 | /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \ |
| 5270 | for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \ |
| 5271 | { \ |
| 5272 | int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \ |
| 5273 | int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \ |
| 5274 | faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \ |
| 5275 | x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \ |
| 5276 | this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \ |
| 5277 | } \ |
| 5278 | \ |
| 5279 | /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \ |
| 5280 | the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \ |
| 5281 | for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \ |
| 5282 | { \ |
| 5283 | s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \ |
| 5284 | x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \ |
| 5285 | x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \ |
| 5286 | s->cmp = cmp; \ |
| 5287 | s->gidx = n; \ |
| 5288 | s->x = (X); \ |
| 5289 | \ |
| 5290 | if (n == 0) \ |
| 5291 | first_s = s; \ |
| 5292 | \ |
| 5293 | n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 5294 | } \ |
| 5295 | \ |
| 5296 | ++START; \ |
| 5297 | s = first_s; \ |
| 5298 | } while (0) |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 | /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs |
| 5302 | of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END. |
| 5303 | HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is |
| 5304 | DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end |
| 5305 | x-positions of the drawing area. |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca |
| 5308 | to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called |
| 5309 | asynchronously). */ |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \ |
| 5312 | do \ |
| 5313 | { \ |
| 5314 | HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \ |
| 5315 | while (START < END) \ |
| 5316 | { \ |
| 5317 | struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \ |
| 5318 | switch (first_glyph->type) \ |
| 5319 | { \ |
| 5320 | case CHAR_GLYPH: \ |
| 5321 | BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ |
| 5322 | TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \ |
| 5323 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 5324 | break; \ |
| 5325 | \ |
| 5326 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \ |
| 5327 | BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 5328 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\ |
| 5329 | OVERLAPS_P); \ |
| 5330 | break; \ |
| 5331 | \ |
| 5332 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: \ |
| 5333 | BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \ |
| 5334 | HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 5335 | break; \ |
| 5336 | \ |
| 5337 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: \ |
| 5338 | BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \ |
| 5339 | TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \ |
| 5340 | break; \ |
| 5341 | \ |
| 5342 | default: \ |
| 5343 | abort (); \ |
| 5344 | } \ |
| 5345 | \ |
| 5346 | x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \ |
| 5347 | (X) += s->width; \ |
| 5348 | } \ |
| 5349 | } \ |
| 5350 | while (0) |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W, |
| 5354 | starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a |
| 5355 | face-override with the following meaning: |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally |
| 5358 | DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face |
| 5359 | DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face. |
| 5360 | DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face |
| 5361 | DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it |
| 5362 | DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 | If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters |
| 5365 | and clip to the physical height of ROW. |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */ |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | static int |
| 5370 | x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, overlaps_p) |
| 5371 | struct window *w; |
| 5372 | int x; |
| 5373 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5374 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5375 | int start, end; |
| 5376 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 5377 | int overlaps_p; |
| 5378 | { |
| 5379 | struct glyph_string *head, *tail; |
| 5380 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 5381 | int last_x, area_width; |
| 5382 | int x_reached; |
| 5383 | int i, j; |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */ |
| 5386 | end = min (end, row->used[area]); |
| 5387 | start = max (0, start); |
| 5388 | start = min (end, start); |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right |
| 5391 | end of the drawing area. */ |
| 5392 | if (row->full_width_p) |
| 5393 | { |
| 5394 | /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars |
| 5395 | or fringes. */ |
| 5396 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5397 | int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | x += window_left_x; |
| 5400 | area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5401 | last_x = window_left_x + area_width; |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5406 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 5407 | last_x += width; |
| 5408 | else |
| 5409 | x -= width; |
| 5410 | } |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 5413 | last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | else |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x); |
| 5418 | area_width = window_box_width (w, area); |
| 5419 | last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width); |
| 5420 | } |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between |
| 5423 | head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro |
| 5424 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's |
| 5425 | the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */ |
| 5426 | i = start; |
| 5427 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x, |
| 5428 | overlaps_p); |
| 5429 | if (tail) |
| 5430 | x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width; |
| 5431 | else |
| 5432 | x_reached = x; |
| 5433 | |
| 5434 | /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in |
| 5435 | the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph |
| 5436 | strings built above. */ |
| 5437 | if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p) |
| 5438 | { |
| 5439 | int dummy_x = 0; |
| 5440 | struct glyph_string *h, *t; |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */ |
| 5443 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 5444 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s); |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 5447 | string that are overwritten because of the first glyph |
| 5448 | string's left overhang. The background of all strings |
| 5449 | prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string |
| 5450 | draws over it. */ |
| 5451 | i = x_left_overwritten (head); |
| 5452 | if (i >= 0) |
| 5453 | { |
| 5454 | j = i; |
| 5455 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, j, start, h, t, |
| 5456 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 5457 | overlaps_p); |
| 5458 | start = i; |
| 5459 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 5460 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 5461 | } |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph |
| 5464 | string that overwrite that glyph string because of their |
| 5465 | right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must |
| 5466 | be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'. |
| 5467 | The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite |
| 5468 | right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph |
| 5469 | strings exist. */ |
| 5470 | i = x_left_overwriting (head); |
| 5471 | if (i >= 0) |
| 5472 | { |
| 5473 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, start, h, t, |
| 5474 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x, |
| 5475 | overlaps_p); |
| 5476 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 5477 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 5478 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1); |
| 5479 | x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 5480 | } |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 5483 | string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of |
| 5484 | these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws |
| 5485 | over it. */ |
| 5486 | i = x_right_overwritten (tail); |
| 5487 | if (i >= 0) |
| 5488 | { |
| 5489 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 5490 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 5491 | overlaps_p); |
| 5492 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 5493 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 5494 | } |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph |
| 5497 | string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such |
| 5498 | glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background |
| 5499 | of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could |
| 5500 | paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */ |
| 5501 | i = x_right_overwriting (tail); |
| 5502 | if (i >= 0) |
| 5503 | { |
| 5504 | BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t, |
| 5505 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x, |
| 5506 | overlaps_p); |
| 5507 | for (s = h; s; s = s->next) |
| 5508 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 5509 | x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0); |
| 5510 | x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t); |
| 5511 | } |
| 5512 | } |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | /* Draw all strings. */ |
| 5515 | for (s = head; s; s = s->next) |
| 5516 | x_draw_glyph_string (s); |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | if (area == TEXT_AREA |
| 5519 | && !row->full_width_p |
| 5520 | /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings' |
| 5521 | foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor |
| 5522 | completely. */ |
| 5523 | && !overlaps_p) |
| 5524 | { |
| 5525 | int x0 = head ? head->x : x; |
| 5526 | int x1 = tail ? tail->x + tail->background_width : x; |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | x0 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x0); |
| 5529 | x1 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x1); |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | if (!row->full_width_p && XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) != 0) |
| 5532 | { |
| 5533 | int left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5534 | x0 -= left_area_width; |
| 5535 | x1 -= left_area_width; |
| 5536 | } |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, |
| 5539 | row->y, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)); |
| 5540 | } |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W. |
| 5543 | This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */ |
| 5544 | x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached); |
| 5545 | if (!row->full_width_p) |
| 5546 | { |
| 5547 | if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5548 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5549 | if (area > TEXT_AREA) |
| 5550 | x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 5551 | } |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | return x_reached; |
| 5554 | } |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */ |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 | static void |
| 5560 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area) |
| 5561 | struct window *w; |
| 5562 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5563 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | int i, x; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5570 | x = 0; |
| 5571 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 5572 | x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 5573 | else |
| 5574 | x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 5575 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];) |
| 5578 | { |
| 5579 | if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p) |
| 5580 | { |
| 5581 | int start = i, start_x = x; |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | do |
| 5584 | { |
| 5585 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5586 | ++i; |
| 5587 | } |
| 5588 | while (i < row->used[area] |
| 5589 | && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p); |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i, |
| 5592 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 1); |
| 5593 | } |
| 5594 | else |
| 5595 | { |
| 5596 | x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width; |
| 5597 | ++i; |
| 5598 | } |
| 5599 | } |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5602 | } |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position. |
| 5606 | Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable |
| 5607 | updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is |
| 5608 | the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that |
| 5609 | row being updated. */ |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | static void |
| 5612 | x_write_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5613 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5614 | int len; |
| 5615 | { |
| 5616 | int x, hpos; |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5619 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | /* Write glyphs. */ |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5624 | x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x, |
| 5625 | updated_row, updated_area, |
| 5626 | hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5627 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0); |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5632 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5633 | output_cursor.x = x; |
| 5634 | } |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */ |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | static void |
| 5640 | x_insert_glyphs (start, len) |
| 5641 | struct glyph *start; |
| 5642 | register int len; |
| 5643 | { |
| 5644 | struct frame *f; |
| 5645 | struct window *w; |
| 5646 | int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width; |
| 5647 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 5648 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 5649 | int frame_x, frame_y, hpos; |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5652 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5653 | w = updated_window; |
| 5654 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | /* Get the height of the line we are in. */ |
| 5657 | row = updated_row; |
| 5658 | line_height = row->height; |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */ |
| 5661 | shift_by_width = 0; |
| 5662 | for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph) |
| 5663 | shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */ |
| 5666 | shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area) |
| 5667 | - output_cursor.x |
| 5668 | - shift_by_width); |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | /* Shift right. */ |
| 5671 | frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x; |
| 5672 | frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y); |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | mac_scroll_area (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 5675 | f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, |
| 5676 | frame_x, frame_y, |
| 5677 | shifted_region_width, line_height, |
| 5678 | frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y); |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | /* Write the glyphs. */ |
| 5681 | hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area]; |
| 5682 | x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len, |
| 5683 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0); |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | /* Advance the output cursor. */ |
| 5686 | output_cursor.hpos += len; |
| 5687 | output_cursor.x += shift_by_width; |
| 5688 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5689 | } |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 5693 | for X frames. */ |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 | static void |
| 5696 | x_delete_glyphs (n) |
| 5697 | register int n; |
| 5698 | { |
| 5699 | abort (); |
| 5700 | } |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position |
| 5704 | (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that |
| 5705 | everything from TO_X onward is already erased. |
| 5706 | |
| 5707 | TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of |
| 5708 | updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */ |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | static void |
| 5711 | x_clear_end_of_line (to_x) |
| 5712 | int to_x; |
| 5713 | { |
| 5714 | struct frame *f; |
| 5715 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 5716 | int max_x, min_y, max_y; |
| 5717 | int from_x, from_y, to_y; |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | xassert (updated_window && updated_row); |
| 5720 | f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5723 | { |
| 5724 | max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5725 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 5726 | && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 5727 | max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 5728 | } |
| 5729 | else |
| 5730 | max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area); |
| 5731 | max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end |
| 5734 | of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */ |
| 5735 | if (to_x == 0) |
| 5736 | return; |
| 5737 | else if (to_x < 0) |
| 5738 | to_x = max_x; |
| 5739 | else |
| 5740 | to_x = min (to_x, max_x); |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height); |
| 5743 | |
| 5744 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
| 5745 | if (!updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5746 | notice_overwritten_cursor (w, updated_area, |
| 5747 | output_cursor.x, -1, |
| 5748 | updated_row->y, |
| 5749 | MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row)); |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | from_x = output_cursor.x; |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | /* Translate to frame coordinates. */ |
| 5754 | if (updated_row->full_width_p) |
| 5755 | { |
| 5756 | from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x); |
| 5757 | to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x); |
| 5758 | } |
| 5759 | else |
| 5760 | { |
| 5761 | from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x); |
| 5762 | to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x); |
| 5763 | } |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 5766 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y)); |
| 5767 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y); |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */ |
| 5770 | if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y) |
| 5771 | { |
| 5772 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5773 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 5774 | from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y, |
| 5775 | 0); |
| 5776 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5777 | } |
| 5778 | } |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 5782 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | static void |
| 5785 | x_clear_frame () |
| 5786 | { |
| 5787 | struct frame *f; |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | if (updating_frame) |
| 5790 | f = updating_frame; |
| 5791 | else |
| 5792 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 5795 | longer visible. */ |
| 5796 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 5797 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 5798 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 5801 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 5802 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5803 | XClearWindow (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 | #if 0 /* Clearing frame on Mac OS clears scroll bars. */ |
| 5806 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 5807 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 5808 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 5809 | #endif |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5812 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5813 | } |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | \f |
| 5817 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make |
| 5820 | sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in |
| 5825 | *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | static int |
| 5828 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) |
| 5829 | struct timeval *result, x, y; |
| 5830 | { |
| 5831 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This |
| 5832 | is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ |
| 5833 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) |
| 5834 | { |
| 5835 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; |
| 5836 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; |
| 5837 | y.tv_sec += nsec; |
| 5838 | } |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) |
| 5841 | { |
| 5842 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; |
| 5843 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; |
| 5844 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly |
| 5848 | positive. */ |
| 5849 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; |
| 5850 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered |
| 5853 | negative. */ |
| 5854 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; |
| 5855 | } |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | void |
| 5858 | XTflash (f) |
| 5859 | struct frame *f; |
| 5860 | { |
| 5861 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | FlashMenuBar (0); |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | { |
| 5866 | struct timeval wakeup; |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
| 5871 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; |
| 5872 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); |
| 5873 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */ |
| 5876 | while (1) |
| 5877 | { |
| 5878 | struct timeval timeout; |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout. |
| 5883 | Break if result would be negative. */ |
| 5884 | if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout)) |
| 5885 | break; |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ |
| 5888 | select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | } |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | FlashMenuBar (0); |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5895 | } |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */ |
| 5898 | |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | void |
| 5903 | XTring_bell () |
| 5904 | { |
| 5905 | struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 5908 | if (visible_bell) |
| 5909 | XTflash (f); |
| 5910 | else |
| 5911 | #endif |
| 5912 | { |
| 5913 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5914 | SysBeep (1); |
| 5915 | XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5916 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5917 | } |
| 5918 | } |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | \f |
| 5922 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 5923 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 5924 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 5925 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | void |
| 5928 | XTset_terminal_window (n) |
| 5929 | register int n; |
| 5930 | { |
| 5931 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 5932 | } |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | \f |
| 5936 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 5937 | Line Dance |
| 5938 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 5941 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | static void |
| 5944 | x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 5945 | int vpos, n; |
| 5946 | { |
| 5947 | abort (); |
| 5948 | } |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | static void |
| 5954 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 5955 | struct window *w; |
| 5956 | struct run *run; |
| 5957 | { |
| 5958 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 5959 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 5962 | without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right |
| 5963 | fringes of W. */ |
| 5964 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 5965 | width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 5966 | x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 5969 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 5970 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 5973 | { |
| 5974 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 5975 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 5976 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5977 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 5978 | else |
| 5979 | height = run->height; |
| 5980 | } |
| 5981 | else |
| 5982 | { |
| 5983 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 5984 | at the bottom. */ |
| 5985 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 5986 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 5987 | else |
| 5988 | height = run->height; |
| 5989 | } |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 5994 | updated_window = w; |
| 5995 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | mac_scroll_area (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 5998 | f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, |
| 5999 | x, from_y, |
| 6000 | width, height, |
| 6001 | x, to_y); |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 | \f |
| 6008 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 6009 | Exposure Events |
| 6010 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left |
| 6013 | corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of |
| 6014 | the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw |
| 6015 | the entire frame. */ |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | static void |
| 6018 | expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h) |
| 6019 | struct frame *f; |
| 6020 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 6021 | { |
| 6022 | Rect r; |
| 6023 | int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame ")); |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */ |
| 6028 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 6029 | { |
| 6030 | TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n")); |
| 6031 | return; |
| 6032 | } |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | /* MAC_TODO: this is a kludge, but if scroll bars are not activated |
| 6035 | or deactivated here, for unknown reasons, activated scroll bars |
| 6036 | are shown in deactivated frames in some instances. */ |
| 6037 | if (f == FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame) |
| 6038 | activate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 6039 | else |
| 6040 | deactivate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 | /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in |
| 6043 | trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose |
| 6044 | event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */ |
| 6045 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL |
| 6046 | || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL) |
| 6047 | { |
| 6048 | TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n")); |
| 6049 | return; |
| 6050 | } |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | if (w == 0 || h == 0) |
| 6053 | { |
| 6054 | r.left = r.top = 0; |
| 6055 | r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width; |
| 6056 | r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height; |
| 6057 | } |
| 6058 | else |
| 6059 | { |
| 6060 | r.left = x; |
| 6061 | r.top = y; |
| 6062 | r.right = x + w; |
| 6063 | r.bottom = y + h; |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom)); |
| 6067 | mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r); |
| 6068 | |
| 6069 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 6070 | mouse_face_overwritten_p |
| 6071 | |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r); |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with |
| 6074 | delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame, |
| 6075 | and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that |
| 6076 | frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted, |
| 6077 | then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE |
| 6078 | 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame |
| 6079 | (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events. |
| 6080 | These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not |
| 6081 | highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here. |
| 6082 | Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */ |
| 6083 | /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not |
| 6084 | do the right thing if any third party tool offers |
| 6085 | focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */ |
| 6086 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 6087 | { |
| 6088 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 6089 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 6090 | { |
| 6091 | int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x; |
| 6092 | int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y; |
| 6093 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6094 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y); |
| 6095 | } |
| 6096 | } |
| 6097 | } |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that |
| 6101 | intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */ |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | static int |
| 6104 | expose_window_tree (w, r) |
| 6105 | struct window *w; |
| 6106 | Rect *r; |
| 6107 | { |
| 6108 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6109 | int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 6112 | { |
| 6113 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 6114 | mouse_face_overwritten_p |
| 6115 | |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r); |
| 6116 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 6117 | mouse_face_overwritten_p |
| 6118 | |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r); |
| 6119 | else |
| 6120 | mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r); |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 6123 | } |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | return mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 6126 | } |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | |
| 6129 | /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W |
| 6130 | which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */ |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | static void |
| 6133 | expose_area (w, row, r, area) |
| 6134 | struct window *w; |
| 6135 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6136 | Rect *r; |
| 6137 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area]; |
| 6140 | struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; |
| 6141 | struct glyph *last; |
| 6142 | int first_x, start_x, x; |
| 6143 | |
| 6144 | if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p) |
| 6145 | /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */ |
| 6146 | x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area, |
| 6147 | 0, row->used[area], |
| 6148 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0); |
| 6149 | else |
| 6150 | { |
| 6151 | /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of |
| 6152 | AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible. |
| 6153 | The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */ |
| 6154 | if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 6155 | start_x = 0; |
| 6156 | else if (area == TEXT_AREA) |
| 6157 | start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6158 | else |
| 6159 | start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
| 6160 | + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
| 6161 | x = start_x; |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */ |
| 6164 | while (first < end |
| 6165 | && x + first->pixel_width < r->left) |
| 6166 | { |
| 6167 | x += first->pixel_width; |
| 6168 | ++first; |
| 6169 | } |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | /* Find the last one. */ |
| 6172 | last = first; |
| 6173 | first_x = x; |
| 6174 | while (last < end |
| 6175 | && x < r->right) |
| 6176 | { |
| 6177 | x += last->pixel_width; |
| 6178 | ++last; |
| 6179 | } |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 | /* Repaint. */ |
| 6182 | if (last > first) |
| 6183 | x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area, |
| 6184 | first - row->glyphs[area], |
| 6185 | last - row->glyphs[area], |
| 6186 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0); |
| 6187 | } |
| 6188 | } |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | |
| 6191 | /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting |
| 6192 | rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is |
| 6193 | non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */ |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | static int |
| 6196 | expose_line (w, row, r) |
| 6197 | struct window *w; |
| 6198 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6199 | Rect *r; |
| 6200 | { |
| 6201 | xassert (row->enabled_p); |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6204 | x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA], |
| 6205 | DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0); |
| 6206 | else |
| 6207 | { |
| 6208 | if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 6209 | expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6210 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 6211 | expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA); |
| 6212 | if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 6213 | expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6214 | x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row); |
| 6215 | } |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 | return row->mouse_face_p; |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */ |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | static int |
| 6224 | x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r) |
| 6225 | struct window *w; |
| 6226 | Rect *r; |
| 6227 | { |
| 6228 | Rect cr, result; |
| 6229 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 6232 | if (cursor_glyph) |
| 6233 | { |
| 6234 | cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x; |
| 6235 | cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y; |
| 6236 | cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6237 | cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height; |
| 6238 | return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr, r, &result); |
| 6239 | } |
| 6240 | else |
| 6241 | return 0; |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that |
| 6246 | overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts |
| 6247 | of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that. |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first |
| 6250 | row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows. |
| 6251 | LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */ |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | static void |
| 6254 | expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row) |
| 6255 | struct window *w; |
| 6256 | struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row; |
| 6257 | struct glyph_row *last_overlapping_row; |
| 6258 | { |
| 6259 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | for (row = first_overlapping_row; row <= last_overlapping_row; ++row) |
| 6262 | if (row->overlapping_p) |
| 6263 | { |
| 6264 | xassert (row->enabled_p && !row->mode_line_p); |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 6267 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 6270 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
| 6273 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6274 | } |
| 6275 | } |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel |
| 6279 | coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with |
| 6280 | input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites |
| 6281 | mouse-face. */ |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | static int |
| 6284 | expose_window (w, fr) |
| 6285 | struct window *w; |
| 6286 | Rect *fr; |
| 6287 | { |
| 6288 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 6289 | Rect wr, r; |
| 6290 | int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0; |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can |
| 6293 | happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split. |
| 6294 | Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly |
| 6295 | created window. */ |
| 6296 | if (w->current_matrix == NULL) |
| 6297 | return 0; |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 | /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current |
| 6300 | matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display |
| 6301 | later. */ |
| 6302 | if (w == updated_window) |
| 6303 | { |
| 6304 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 6305 | return 0; |
| 6306 | } |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */ |
| 6309 | wr.left = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 6310 | wr.top = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f); |
| 6311 | wr.right = wr.left + XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 6312 | wr.bottom = wr.top + XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f); |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr, &wr, &r)) |
| 6315 | { |
| 6316 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 6317 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 6318 | int cursor_cleared_p; |
| 6319 | struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row, *last_overlapping_row; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", |
| 6322 | r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom)); |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | /* Convert to window coordinates. */ |
| 6325 | r.left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.left); |
| 6326 | r.right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.right); |
| 6327 | r.top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.top); |
| 6328 | r.bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.bottom); |
| 6329 | |
| 6330 | /* Turn off the cursor. */ |
| 6331 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p |
| 6332 | && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r)) |
| 6333 | { |
| 6334 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 6335 | cursor_cleared_p = 1; |
| 6336 | } |
| 6337 | else |
| 6338 | cursor_cleared_p = 0; |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */ |
| 6341 | first_overlapping_row = last_overlapping_row = NULL; |
| 6342 | for (row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
| 6343 | row->enabled_p; |
| 6344 | ++row) |
| 6345 | { |
| 6346 | int y0 = row->y; |
| 6347 | int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | if ((y0 >= r.top && y0 < r.bottom) |
| 6350 | || (y1 > r.top && y1 < r.bottom) |
| 6351 | || (r.top >= y0 && r.top < y1) |
| 6352 | || (r.bottom > y0 && r.bottom < y1)) |
| 6353 | { |
| 6354 | if (row->overlapping_p) |
| 6355 | { |
| 6356 | if (first_overlapping_row == NULL) |
| 6357 | first_overlapping_row = row; |
| 6358 | last_overlapping_row = row; |
| 6359 | } |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | if (expose_line (w, row, &r)) |
| 6362 | mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | |
| 6365 | if (y1 >= yb) |
| 6366 | break; |
| 6367 | } |
| 6368 | |
| 6369 | /* Display the mode line if there is one. */ |
| 6370 | if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) |
| 6371 | && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix), |
| 6372 | row->enabled_p) |
| 6373 | && row->y < r.bottom) |
| 6374 | { |
| 6375 | if (expose_line (w, row, &r)) |
| 6376 | mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
| 6377 | } |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6380 | { |
| 6381 | /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */ |
| 6382 | if (first_overlapping_row) |
| 6383 | expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row); |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | /* Draw border between windows. */ |
| 6386 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | /* Turn the cursor on again. */ |
| 6389 | if (cursor_cleared_p) |
| 6390 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 1); |
| 6391 | } |
| 6392 | } |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | /* Display scroll bar for this window. */ |
| 6395 | if (!NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 6396 | { |
| 6397 | ControlHandle ch |
| 6398 | = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)); |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | Draw1Control (ch); |
| 6401 | } |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | return mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 6404 | } |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | static int |
| 6407 | x_intersect_rectangles (r1, r2, result) |
| 6408 | Rect *r1, *r2, *result; |
| 6409 | { |
| 6410 | Rect *left, *right; |
| 6411 | Rect *upper, *lower; |
| 6412 | int intersection_p = 0; |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | /* Rerrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */ |
| 6415 | if (r1->left < r2->left) |
| 6416 | left = r1, right = r2; |
| 6417 | else |
| 6418 | left = r2, right = r1; |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1, |
| 6421 | otherwise there is no intersection. */ |
| 6422 | if (right->left <= left->right) |
| 6423 | { |
| 6424 | result->left = right->left; |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the |
| 6427 | the right ends of left and right. */ |
| 6428 | result->right = min (left->right, right->right); |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | /* Same game for Y. */ |
| 6431 | if (r1->top < r2->top) |
| 6432 | upper = r1, lower = r2; |
| 6433 | else |
| 6434 | upper = r2, lower = r1; |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside |
| 6437 | of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */ |
| 6438 | if (lower->top <= upper->bottom) |
| 6439 | { |
| 6440 | result->top = lower->top; |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 | /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower |
| 6443 | ends of upper and lower. */ |
| 6444 | result->bottom = min (lower->bottom, upper->bottom); |
| 6445 | intersection_p = 1; |
| 6446 | } |
| 6447 | } |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | return intersection_p; |
| 6450 | } |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | |
| 6455 | \f |
| 6456 | static void |
| 6457 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 6458 | struct frame *f; |
| 6459 | { |
| 6460 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 6461 | } |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | static void |
| 6464 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 6465 | struct frame *f; |
| 6466 | { |
| 6467 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 6468 | } |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 6471 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 6472 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 6473 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 6474 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | static void |
| 6477 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 6478 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6479 | struct frame *frame; |
| 6480 | { |
| 6481 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 6484 | { |
| 6485 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 6486 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
| 6487 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 6490 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 6491 | |
| 6492 | #if 0 |
| 6493 | selected_frame = frame; |
| 6494 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
| 6495 | selected_frame); |
| 6496 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); |
| 6497 | choose_minibuf_frame (); |
| 6498 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 6501 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 6502 | else |
| 6503 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 6504 | } |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 6507 | } |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | void |
| 6512 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 6513 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6514 | { |
| 6515 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame); |
| 6516 | } |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 6519 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 6520 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 6523 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 6524 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | static void |
| 6527 | XTframe_rehighlight (frame) |
| 6528 | struct frame *frame; |
| 6529 | { |
| 6530 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 6531 | } |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | static void |
| 6534 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 6535 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6536 | { |
| 6537 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 6540 | { |
| 6541 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 6542 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) |
| 6543 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) |
| 6544 | : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); |
| 6545 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 6546 | { |
| 6547 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 6548 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 6549 | } |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | else |
| 6552 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 6555 | { |
| 6556 | if (old_highlight) |
| 6557 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 6558 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 6559 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | } |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 | \f |
| 6565 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 6568 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
| 6569 | static void |
| 6570 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo) |
| 6571 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6572 | { |
| 6573 | int min_code, max_code; |
| 6574 | KeySym *syms; |
| 6575 | int syms_per_code; |
| 6576 | XModifierKeymap *mods; |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6579 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0; |
| 6580 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6581 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6582 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 6585 | XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code); |
| 6586 | #else |
| 6587 | min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode; |
| 6588 | max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode; |
| 6589 | #endif |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display, |
| 6592 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, |
| 6593 | &syms_per_code); |
| 6594 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display); |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
| 6597 | Alt keysyms are on. */ |
| 6598 | { |
| 6599 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) |
| 6602 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) |
| 6603 | { |
| 6604 | KeyCode code |
| 6605 | = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
| 6608 | if (code == 0) |
| 6609 | continue; |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
| 6612 | { |
| 6613 | int code_col; |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) |
| 6616 | { |
| 6617 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | switch (sym) |
| 6620 | { |
| 6621 | case XK_Meta_L: |
| 6622 | case XK_Meta_R: |
| 6623 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6624 | break; |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 6627 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 6628 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6629 | break; |
| 6630 | |
| 6631 | case XK_Hyper_L: |
| 6632 | case XK_Hyper_R: |
| 6633 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6634 | break; |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 | case XK_Super_L: |
| 6637 | case XK_Super_R: |
| 6638 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 6639 | break; |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 | case XK_Shift_Lock: |
| 6642 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ |
| 6643 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) |
| 6644 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask; |
| 6645 | break; |
| 6646 | } |
| 6647 | } |
| 6648 | } |
| 6649 | } |
| 6650 | } |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
| 6653 | if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 6654 | { |
| 6655 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; |
| 6656 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 6657 | } |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
| 6660 | make them just meta, not alt. */ |
| 6661 | if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 6662 | { |
| 6663 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; |
| 6664 | } |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
| 6667 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
| 6668 | } |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
| 6673 | Emacs uses. */ |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | static unsigned int |
| 6676 | x_mac_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 6677 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6678 | unsigned short state; |
| 6679 | { |
| 6680 | return (((state & shiftKey) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
| 6681 | | ((state & controlKey) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
| 6682 | | ((state & cmdKey) ? meta_modifier : 0) |
| 6683 | | ((state & optionKey) ? alt_modifier : 0)); |
| 6684 | } |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 6687 | static unsigned short |
| 6688 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 6689 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6690 | unsigned int state; |
| 6691 | { |
| 6692 | return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6693 | | ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6694 | | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0) |
| 6695 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) |
| 6696 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) |
| 6697 | | ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0)); |
| 6698 | } |
| 6699 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 6700 | |
| 6701 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | char * |
| 6704 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 6705 | int keysym; |
| 6706 | { |
| 6707 | char *value; |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6710 | #if 0 |
| 6711 | value = XKeysymToString (keysym); |
| 6712 | #else |
| 6713 | value = 0; |
| 6714 | #endif |
| 6715 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6716 | |
| 6717 | return value; |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 | \f |
| 6722 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 6723 | |
| 6724 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph |
| 6725 | co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the |
| 6726 | glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do |
| 6727 | not force the value into range. */ |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 | void |
| 6730 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
| 6731 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 6732 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 6733 | register int *x, *y; |
| 6734 | Rect *bounds; |
| 6735 | int noclip; |
| 6736 | { |
| 6737 | /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */ |
| 6738 | if (NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
| 6739 | { |
| 6740 | *x = pix_x; |
| 6741 | *y = pix_y; |
| 6742 | return; |
| 6743 | } |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
| 6746 | even for negative values. */ |
| 6747 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 6748 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1; |
| 6749 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 6750 | pix_y -= (f)->output_data.mac->line_height - 1; |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 6753 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | if (bounds) |
| 6756 | { |
| 6757 | bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 6758 | bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 6759 | bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1; |
| 6760 | bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.mac->line_height - 1; |
| 6761 | } |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 | if (!noclip) |
| 6764 | { |
| 6765 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 6766 | pix_x = 0; |
| 6767 | else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f)) |
| 6768 | pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f); |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 6771 | pix_y = 0; |
| 6772 | else if (pix_y > f->height) |
| 6773 | pix_y = f->height; |
| 6774 | } |
| 6775 | |
| 6776 | *x = pix_x; |
| 6777 | *y = pix_y; |
| 6778 | } |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding |
| 6782 | frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we |
| 6783 | can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date, |
| 6784 | return 0. */ |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | int |
| 6787 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y) |
| 6788 | struct window *w; |
| 6789 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 6790 | int *frame_x, *frame_y; |
| 6791 | { |
| 6792 | int success_p; |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w); |
| 6795 | xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h); |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | if (display_completed) |
| 6798 | { |
| 6799 | struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 6800 | struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 6801 | struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]); |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | *frame_y = row->y; |
| 6804 | *frame_x = row->x; |
| 6805 | while (glyph < end) |
| 6806 | { |
| 6807 | *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6808 | ++glyph; |
| 6809 | } |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | success_p = 1; |
| 6812 | } |
| 6813 | else |
| 6814 | { |
| 6815 | *frame_y = *frame_x = 0; |
| 6816 | success_p = 0; |
| 6817 | } |
| 6818 | |
| 6819 | *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y); |
| 6820 | *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x); |
| 6821 | return success_p; |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 6826 | |
| 6827 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 6828 | the mouse. */ |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | static Lisp_Object |
| 6831 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
| 6832 | struct input_event *result; |
| 6833 | EventRecord *event; |
| 6834 | struct frame *f; |
| 6835 | { |
| 6836 | Point mouseLoc; |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 6839 | result->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */ |
| 6840 | result->timestamp = event->when; |
| 6841 | result->modifiers = event->what == mouseDown ? down_modifier : up_modifier; |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 | mouseLoc = event->where; |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 6846 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f))); |
| 6847 | #else |
| 6848 | SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 6849 | #endif |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | GlobalToLocal (&mouseLoc); |
| 6852 | XSETINT (result->x, mouseLoc.h); |
| 6853 | XSETINT (result->y, mouseLoc.v); |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 6858 | return Qnil; |
| 6859 | } |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 | \f |
| 6862 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 6863 | The input handler calls this. |
| 6864 | |
| 6865 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 6866 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 6867 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 6868 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | static Point last_mouse_motion_position; |
| 6871 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 6872 | |
| 6873 | static void |
| 6874 | note_mouse_movement (frame, pos) |
| 6875 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 6876 | Point *pos; |
| 6877 | { |
| 6878 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 6879 | Rect r; |
| 6880 | #endif |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | last_mouse_movement_time = TickCount () * (1000 / 60); /* to milliseconds */ |
| 6883 | last_mouse_motion_position = *pos; |
| 6884 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 6887 | if (!PtInRect (*pos, GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame), &r))) |
| 6888 | #else |
| 6889 | if (!PtInRect (*pos, &FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame)->portRect)) |
| 6890 | #endif |
| 6891 | { |
| 6892 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6893 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6894 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 6895 | } |
| 6896 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 6897 | else if (pos->h < last_mouse_glyph.left |
| 6898 | || pos->h >= last_mouse_glyph.right |
| 6899 | || pos->v < last_mouse_glyph.top |
| 6900 | || pos->v >= last_mouse_glyph.bottom) |
| 6901 | { |
| 6902 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 6903 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6904 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, pos->h, pos->v); |
| 6905 | } |
| 6906 | } |
| 6907 | |
| 6908 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | int disable_mouse_highlight; |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 | \f |
| 6914 | /************************************************************************ |
| 6915 | Mouse Face |
| 6916 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 | /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W. |
| 6919 | Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay |
| 6920 | strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of |
| 6921 | the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X. |
| 6922 | Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on |
| 6923 | text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to |
| 6924 | date. */ |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | static struct glyph * |
| 6927 | x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p) |
| 6928 | struct window *w; |
| 6929 | int x, y; |
| 6930 | int *hpos, *vpos, *area; |
| 6931 | int buffer_only_p; |
| 6932 | { |
| 6933 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 6934 | struct glyph_row *row = NULL; |
| 6935 | int x0, i, left_area_width; |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */ |
| 6938 | for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 6939 | { |
| 6940 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
| 6941 | if (!row->enabled_p) |
| 6942 | return NULL; |
| 6943 | if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
| 6944 | break; |
| 6945 | } |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 | *vpos = i; |
| 6948 | *hpos = 0; |
| 6949 | |
| 6950 | /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */ |
| 6951 | if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 6952 | return NULL; |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | /* Get the glyph area containing X. */ |
| 6955 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6956 | { |
| 6957 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6958 | x0 = 0; |
| 6959 | } |
| 6960 | else |
| 6961 | { |
| 6962 | left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
| 6963 | if (x < left_area_width) |
| 6964 | { |
| 6965 | *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6966 | x0 = 0; |
| 6967 | } |
| 6968 | else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)) |
| 6969 | { |
| 6970 | *area = TEXT_AREA; |
| 6971 | x0 = row->x + left_area_width; |
| 6972 | } |
| 6973 | else |
| 6974 | { |
| 6975 | *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
| 6976 | x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA); |
| 6977 | } |
| 6978 | } |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | /* Find glyph containing X. */ |
| 6981 | glyph = row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 6982 | end = glyph + row->used[*area]; |
| 6983 | while (glyph < end) |
| 6984 | { |
| 6985 | if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 6986 | { |
| 6987 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 6988 | break; |
| 6989 | else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 6990 | break; |
| 6991 | } |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 6994 | ++glyph; |
| 6995 | } |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | if (glyph == end) |
| 6998 | return NULL; |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area]; |
| 7001 | return glyph; |
| 7002 | } |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | |
| 7005 | /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W. |
| 7006 | Takes pseudo-windows into account. */ |
| 7007 | |
| 7008 | static void |
| 7009 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y) |
| 7010 | struct window *w; |
| 7011 | int *x, *y; |
| 7012 | { |
| 7013 | if (w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 7014 | { |
| 7015 | /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the |
| 7016 | left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */ |
| 7017 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7018 | *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f); |
| 7019 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 7020 | } |
| 7021 | else |
| 7022 | { |
| 7023 | *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x); |
| 7024 | *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y); |
| 7025 | } |
| 7026 | } |
| 7027 | |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 | /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of |
| 7030 | window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the |
| 7031 | mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of |
| 7032 | W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted |
| 7033 | to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */ |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | static void |
| 7036 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p) |
| 7037 | struct window *w; |
| 7038 | int x, mode_line_p; |
| 7039 | { |
| 7040 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7041 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7042 | struct Cursor *cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 7043 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | if (mode_line_p) |
| 7046 | row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 7047 | else |
| 7048 | row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | if (row->enabled_p) |
| 7051 | { |
| 7052 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 7053 | Lisp_Object help, map; |
| 7054 | int x0; |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | /* Find the glyph under X. */ |
| 7057 | glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7058 | end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7059 | x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f) |
| 7060 | + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)); |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | while (glyph < end |
| 7063 | && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width) |
| 7064 | { |
| 7065 | x0 += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7066 | ++glyph; |
| 7067 | } |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | if (glyph < end |
| 7070 | && STRINGP (glyph->object) |
| 7071 | && STRING_INTERVALS (glyph->object) |
| 7072 | && glyph->charpos >= 0 |
| 7073 | && glyph->charpos < SCHARS (glyph->object)) |
| 7074 | { |
| 7075 | /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, |
| 7076 | arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by |
| 7077 | setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */ |
| 7078 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 7079 | Qhelp_echo, glyph->object); |
| 7080 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 7081 | { |
| 7082 | help_echo = help; |
| 7083 | XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w); |
| 7084 | help_echo_object = glyph->object; |
| 7085 | help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 7086 | } |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 | /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */ |
| 7089 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 7090 | Qlocal_map, glyph->object); |
| 7091 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 7092 | cursor = f->output_data.mac->nontext_cursor; |
| 7093 | else |
| 7094 | { |
| 7095 | map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos), |
| 7096 | Qkeymap, glyph->object); |
| 7097 | if (KEYMAPP (map)) |
| 7098 | cursor = f->output_data.mac->nontext_cursor; |
| 7099 | } |
| 7100 | } |
| 7101 | } |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 7104 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 7105 | #endif |
| 7106 | } |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on |
| 7110 | frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face |
| 7111 | properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
| 7112 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | static void |
| 7115 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 7116 | struct frame *f; |
| 7117 | int x, y; |
| 7118 | { |
| 7119 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7120 | int portion; |
| 7121 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 7122 | struct window *w; |
| 7123 | struct buffer *b; |
| 7124 | |
| 7125 | #if 0 |
| 7126 | /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */ |
| 7127 | if (popup_activated ()) |
| 7128 | return; |
| 7129 | #endif |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight) |
| 7132 | || !f->glyphs_initialized_p) |
| 7133 | return; |
| 7134 | |
| 7135 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
| 7136 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; |
| 7137 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer) |
| 7140 | return; |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 | if (gc_in_progress) |
| 7143 | { |
| 7144 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; |
| 7145 | return; |
| 7146 | } |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 | /* Which window is that in? */ |
| 7149 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1); |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ |
| 7152 | if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 7153 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | /* Not on a window -> return. */ |
| 7156 | if (!WINDOWP (window)) |
| 7157 | return; |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 | /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */ |
| 7160 | help_echo = Qnil; |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 | /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */ |
| 7163 | w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 7164 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a |
| 7167 | buffer. */ |
| 7168 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 7169 | { |
| 7170 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y); |
| 7171 | return; |
| 7172 | } |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 | /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */ |
| 7175 | if (portion == 1 || portion == 3) |
| 7176 | { |
| 7177 | note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1); |
| 7178 | return; |
| 7179 | } |
| 7180 | #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 7181 | if (portion == 2) |
| 7182 | cursor = f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor; |
| 7183 | else |
| 7184 | cursor = f->output_data.x->text_cursor; |
| 7185 | #endif |
| 7186 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
| 7187 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ |
| 7188 | b = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 7189 | if (/* Within text portion of the window. */ |
| 7190 | portion == 0 |
| 7191 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
| 7192 | && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b) |
| 7193 | && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b)) |
| 7194 | { |
| 7195 | int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area; |
| 7196 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 7197 | Lisp_Object object; |
| 7198 | Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position; |
| 7199 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL; |
| 7200 | int len, noverlays; |
| 7201 | struct buffer *obuf; |
| 7202 | int obegv, ozv, same_region; |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 7205 | glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0); |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 | /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */ |
| 7208 | if (glyph == NULL |
| 7209 | || area != TEXT_AREA |
| 7210 | || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p) |
| 7211 | { |
| 7212 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7213 | /* TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 7214 | goto set_cursor; |
| 7215 | } |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 | pos = glyph->charpos; |
| 7218 | object = glyph->object; |
| 7219 | if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object)) |
| 7220 | goto set_cursor; |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
| 7223 | if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b)) |
| 7224 | goto set_cursor; |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
| 7227 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ |
| 7228 | obuf = current_buffer; |
| 7229 | current_buffer = b; |
| 7230 | obegv = BEGV; |
| 7231 | ozv = ZV; |
| 7232 | BEGV = BEG; |
| 7233 | ZV = Z; |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 | /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */ |
| 7236 | position = make_number (pos); |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | if (BUFFERP (object)) |
| 7239 | { |
| 7240 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. |
| 7241 | Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make |
| 7242 | enough space for all, and try again. */ |
| 7243 | len = 10; |
| 7244 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 7245 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0); |
| 7246 | if (noverlays > len) |
| 7247 | { |
| 7248 | len = noverlays; |
| 7249 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 7250 | noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0); |
| 7251 | } |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */ |
| 7254 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
| 7255 | } |
| 7256 | else |
| 7257 | noverlays = 0; |
| 7258 | |
| 7259 | same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 7260 | && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 7261 | && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 7262 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 7263 | || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 7264 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 7265 | || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 7266 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)); |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 | /* TODO: if (same_region) |
| 7269 | mouse cursor */ |
| 7270 | |
| 7271 | /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */ |
| 7272 | if (! same_region |
| 7273 | /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping |
| 7274 | the one we are currently highlighting, we have to |
| 7275 | check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then |
| 7276 | highlight that. */ |
| 7277 | || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay) |
| 7278 | && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))) |
| 7279 | { |
| 7280 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face |
| 7281 | property. */ |
| 7282 | overlay = Qnil; |
| 7283 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i) |
| 7284 | { |
| 7285 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); |
| 7286 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 7287 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 7288 | } |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as |
| 7291 | before, there's no need to do that again. */ |
| 7292 | if (!NILP (overlay) |
| 7293 | && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)) |
| 7294 | goto check_help_echo; |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay; |
| 7297 | |
| 7298 | /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
| 7299 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7300 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7301 | |
| 7302 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ |
| 7303 | if (NILP (overlay)) |
| 7304 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object); |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ |
| 7307 | if (!NILP (overlay)) |
| 7308 | { |
| 7309 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 7310 | should be active. */ |
| 7311 | Lisp_Object before, after; |
| 7312 | int ignore; |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); |
| 7315 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); |
| 7316 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 7317 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 7318 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 7319 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 7320 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 7321 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil); |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 7324 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 7325 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 7326 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 7327 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 7328 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil); |
| 7329 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7330 | |
| 7331 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 7332 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 7333 | &ignore, pos + 1, |
| 7334 | !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden); |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 7337 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 7338 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7339 | } |
| 7340 | /* Handle the text property case. */ |
| 7341 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object)) |
| 7342 | { |
| 7343 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 7344 | should be active. */ |
| 7345 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; |
| 7346 | int ignore; |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); |
| 7349 | end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object)) |
| 7350 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)); |
| 7351 | before |
| 7352 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), |
| 7353 | Qmouse_face, |
| 7354 | object, beginning); |
| 7355 | after |
| 7356 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, |
| 7357 | object, end); |
| 7358 | |
| 7359 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 7360 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 7361 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 7362 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 7363 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 7364 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil); |
| 7365 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 7366 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 7367 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 7368 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 7369 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 7370 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil); |
| 7371 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 | if (BUFFERP (object)) |
| 7374 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 7375 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 7376 | &ignore, pos + 1, |
| 7377 | !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden); |
| 7378 | |
| 7379 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 7380 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 7381 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7382 | } |
| 7383 | else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object)) |
| 7384 | { |
| 7385 | Lisp_Object b, e; |
| 7386 | int ignore; |
| 7387 | |
| 7388 | b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), |
| 7389 | Qmouse_face, |
| 7390 | object, Qnil); |
| 7391 | e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, |
| 7392 | object, Qnil); |
| 7393 | if (NILP (b)) |
| 7394 | b = make_number (0); |
| 7395 | if (NILP (e)) |
| 7396 | e = make_number (SCHARS (object) - 1); |
| 7397 | fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object, |
| 7398 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 7399 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 7400 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 7401 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0); |
| 7402 | fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object, |
| 7403 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 7404 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 7405 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 7406 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1); |
| 7407 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; |
| 7408 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7409 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 7410 | = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore, |
| 7411 | glyph->face_id, 1); |
| 7412 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 7413 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7414 | } |
| 7415 | else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 7416 | { |
| 7417 | /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but |
| 7418 | the text ``under'' it might have. */ |
| 7419 | struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 7420 | int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r); |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 | pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start); |
| 7423 | if (pos > 0) |
| 7424 | mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos), |
| 7425 | Qmouse_face, |
| 7426 | w->buffer, |
| 7427 | &overlay); |
| 7428 | if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay)) |
| 7429 | { |
| 7430 | Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay); |
| 7431 | Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay); |
| 7432 | int ignore; |
| 7433 | |
| 7434 | /* Note that we might not be able to find position |
| 7435 | BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is |
| 7436 | entirely covered by a `display' property. In |
| 7437 | this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in |
| 7438 | the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */ |
| 7439 | fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before), |
| 7440 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 7441 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row, |
| 7442 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x, |
| 7443 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, |
| 7444 | object); |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end |
| 7447 | = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after), |
| 7448 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 7449 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row, |
| 7450 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x, |
| 7451 | &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, |
| 7452 | Qnil); |
| 7453 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7454 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id |
| 7455 | = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 7456 | &ignore, pos + 1, |
| 7457 | !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden); |
| 7458 | |
| 7459 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 7460 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE); |
| 7461 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7462 | } |
| 7463 | } |
| 7464 | } |
| 7465 | |
| 7466 | check_help_echo: |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 | /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */ |
| 7469 | { |
| 7470 | Lisp_Object help, overlay; |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | /* Check overlays first. */ |
| 7473 | help = overlay = Qnil; |
| 7474 | for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i) |
| 7475 | { |
| 7476 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 7477 | help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo); |
| 7478 | } |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 7481 | { |
| 7482 | help_echo = help; |
| 7483 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 7484 | help_echo_object = overlay; |
| 7485 | help_echo_pos = pos; |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | else |
| 7488 | { |
| 7489 | Lisp_Object object = glyph->object; |
| 7490 | int charpos = glyph->charpos; |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | /* Try text properties. */ |
| 7493 | if (STRINGP (object) |
| 7494 | && charpos >= 0 |
| 7495 | && charpos < SCHARS (object)) |
| 7496 | { |
| 7497 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), |
| 7498 | Qhelp_echo, object); |
| 7499 | if (NILP (help)) |
| 7500 | { |
| 7501 | /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo, |
| 7502 | see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */ |
| 7503 | struct glyph_row *r |
| 7504 | = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 7505 | int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r); |
| 7506 | int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start); |
| 7507 | if (pos > 0) |
| 7508 | { |
| 7509 | help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos), |
| 7510 | Qhelp_echo, w->buffer); |
| 7511 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 7512 | { |
| 7513 | charpos = pos; |
| 7514 | object = w->buffer; |
| 7515 | } |
| 7516 | } |
| 7517 | } |
| 7518 | } |
| 7519 | else if (BUFFERP (object) |
| 7520 | && charpos >= BEGV |
| 7521 | && charpos < ZV) |
| 7522 | help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo, |
| 7523 | object); |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 | if (!NILP (help)) |
| 7526 | { |
| 7527 | help_echo = help; |
| 7528 | help_echo_window = window; |
| 7529 | help_echo_object = object; |
| 7530 | help_echo_pos = charpos; |
| 7531 | } |
| 7532 | } |
| 7533 | } |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 | BEGV = obegv; |
| 7536 | ZV = ozv; |
| 7537 | current_buffer = obuf; |
| 7538 | } |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | set_cursor: |
| 7541 | /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */ |
| 7542 | ; |
| 7543 | } |
| 7544 | |
| 7545 | static void |
| 7546 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 7547 | { |
| 7548 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 7549 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 7550 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 7551 | last_mouse_motion_position.h, |
| 7552 | last_mouse_motion_position.v); |
| 7553 | } |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | \f |
| 7557 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 7558 | Tool-bars |
| 7559 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 7560 | |
| 7561 | static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, |
| 7562 | struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *)); |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 | /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed |
| 7565 | or -1. */ |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | static int last_tool_bar_item; |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 | /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F. |
| 7571 | Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in |
| 7572 | the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not |
| 7573 | on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar |
| 7574 | item in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 | -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item |
| 7577 | 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before. |
| 7578 | 1 otherwise. */ |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | static int |
| 7581 | x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx) |
| 7582 | struct frame *f; |
| 7583 | int x, y; |
| 7584 | struct glyph **glyph; |
| 7585 | int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx; |
| 7586 | { |
| 7587 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7588 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 7589 | int area; |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */ |
| 7592 | *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0); |
| 7593 | if (*glyph == NULL) |
| 7594 | return -1; |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in |
| 7597 | f->current_tool_bar_items. */ |
| 7598 | if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx)) |
| 7599 | return -1; |
| 7600 | |
| 7601 | /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */ |
| 7602 | if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 7603 | && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 7604 | && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 7605 | && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 7606 | || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 7607 | && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 7608 | || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 7609 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) |
| 7610 | return 0; |
| 7611 | |
| 7612 | return 1; |
| 7613 | } |
| 7614 | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 | /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at |
| 7617 | frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress |
| 7618 | or ButtonRelase. */ |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | static void |
| 7621 | x_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event) |
| 7622 | struct frame *f; |
| 7623 | EventRecord *button_event; |
| 7624 | { |
| 7625 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7626 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
| 7627 | int hpos, vpos, prop_idx; |
| 7628 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 7629 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 7630 | int x = button_event->where.h; |
| 7631 | int y = button_event->where.v; |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */ |
| 7634 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 7635 | if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0) |
| 7636 | return; |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 | /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */ |
| 7639 | enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); |
| 7640 | if (NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 7641 | return; |
| 7642 | |
| 7643 | if (button_event->what == mouseDown) |
| 7644 | { |
| 7645 | /* Show item in pressed state. */ |
| 7646 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN); |
| 7647 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN; |
| 7648 | last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx; |
| 7649 | } |
| 7650 | else |
| 7651 | { |
| 7652 | Lisp_Object key, frame; |
| 7653 | struct input_event event; |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 | /* Show item in released state. */ |
| 7656 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED); |
| 7657 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
| 7660 | |
| 7661 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 7662 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 7663 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 7664 | event.arg = frame; |
| 7665 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
| 7668 | event.frame_or_window = frame; |
| 7669 | event.arg = key; |
| 7670 | event.modifiers = x_mac_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 7671 | button_event->modifiers); |
| 7672 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 7673 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 7674 | } |
| 7675 | } |
| 7676 | |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 | /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to |
| 7679 | tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from |
| 7680 | note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 7681 | |
| 7682 | static void |
| 7683 | note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 7684 | struct frame *f; |
| 7685 | int x, y; |
| 7686 | { |
| 7687 | Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window; |
| 7688 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 7689 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7690 | int hpos, vpos; |
| 7691 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 7692 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7693 | int i; |
| 7694 | Lisp_Object enabled_p; |
| 7695 | int prop_idx; |
| 7696 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 7697 | int mouse_down_p, rc; |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 | /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y |
| 7700 | values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */ |
| 7701 | if (x <= 0 || y <= 0) |
| 7702 | { |
| 7703 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7704 | return; |
| 7705 | } |
| 7706 | |
| 7707 | rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx); |
| 7708 | if (rc < 0) |
| 7709 | { |
| 7710 | /* Not on tool-bar item. */ |
| 7711 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7712 | return; |
| 7713 | } |
| 7714 | else if (rc == 0) |
| 7715 | /* On same tool-bar item as before. */ |
| 7716 | goto set_help_echo; |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 | /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */ |
| 7721 | mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed |
| 7722 | && f == last_mouse_frame |
| 7723 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); |
| 7724 | if (mouse_down_p |
| 7725 | && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx) |
| 7726 | return; |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 7729 | draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */ |
| 7732 | enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P); |
| 7733 | if (!NILP (enabled_p)) |
| 7734 | { |
| 7735 | /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the |
| 7736 | image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */ |
| 7737 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
| 7738 | for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i) |
| 7739 | x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width; |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 7742 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos; |
| 7743 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos; |
| 7744 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x; |
| 7745 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y; |
| 7746 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0; |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1; |
| 7749 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos; |
| 7750 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7751 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y; |
| 7752 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 7753 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID; |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 7756 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw); |
| 7757 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw; |
| 7758 | } |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | set_help_echo: |
| 7761 | |
| 7762 | /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item. |
| 7763 | XTread_socket does the rest. */ |
| 7764 | help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 7765 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 7766 | help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); |
| 7767 | if (NILP (help_echo)) |
| 7768 | help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); |
| 7769 | } |
| 7770 | |
| 7771 | |
| 7772 | \f |
| 7773 | /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window |
| 7774 | *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's |
| 7775 | current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window |
| 7776 | start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end |
| 7777 | of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs |
| 7778 | having STOP as object. */ |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 | #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct |
| 7781 | in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install |
| 7782 | it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed |
| 7783 | in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install |
| 7784 | so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */ |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 | static int |
| 7787 | fast_find_position (w, charpos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop) |
| 7788 | struct window *w; |
| 7789 | int charpos; |
| 7790 | int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; |
| 7791 | Lisp_Object stop; |
| 7792 | { |
| 7793 | struct glyph_row *row, *first; |
| 7794 | struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
| 7795 | int i, past_end = 0; |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 | first = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 7798 | row = row_containing_pos (w, charpos, first, NULL, 0); |
| 7799 | if (row == NULL) |
| 7800 | { |
| 7801 | if (charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first)) |
| 7802 | { |
| 7803 | *x = *y = *hpos = *vpos = 0; |
| 7804 | return 0; |
| 7805 | } |
| 7806 | else |
| 7807 | { |
| 7808 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)); |
| 7809 | past_end = 1; |
| 7810 | } |
| 7811 | } |
| 7812 | |
| 7813 | *x = row->x; |
| 7814 | *y = row->y; |
| 7815 | *vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix); |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 | glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7818 | end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 | /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row. |
| 7821 | These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal |
| 7822 | frames. */ |
| 7823 | if (row->displays_text_p) |
| 7824 | while (glyph < end |
| 7825 | && INTEGERP (glyph->object) |
| 7826 | && !EQ (stop, glyph->object) |
| 7827 | && glyph->charpos < 0) |
| 7828 | { |
| 7829 | *x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7830 | ++glyph; |
| 7831 | } |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 | while (glyph < end |
| 7834 | && !INTEGERP (glyph->object) |
| 7835 | && !EQ (stop, glyph->object) |
| 7836 | && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object) |
| 7837 | || glyph->charpos < charpos)) |
| 7838 | { |
| 7839 | *x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7840 | ++glyph; |
| 7841 | } |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 | *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7844 | return past_end; |
| 7845 | } |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 | #else /* not 0 */ |
| 7848 | |
| 7849 | static int |
| 7850 | fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop) |
| 7851 | struct window *w; |
| 7852 | int pos; |
| 7853 | int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; |
| 7854 | Lisp_Object stop; |
| 7855 | { |
| 7856 | int i; |
| 7857 | int lastcol; |
| 7858 | int maybe_next_line_p = 0; |
| 7859 | int line_start_position; |
| 7860 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 7861 | struct glyph_row *row, *best_row; |
| 7862 | int row_vpos, best_row_vpos; |
| 7863 | int current_x; |
| 7864 | |
| 7865 | row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 7866 | row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix); |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | while (row->y < yb) |
| 7869 | { |
| 7870 | if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 7871 | line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos; |
| 7872 | else |
| 7873 | line_start_position = 0; |
| 7874 | |
| 7875 | if (line_start_position > pos) |
| 7876 | break; |
| 7877 | /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, |
| 7878 | don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ |
| 7879 | else if (line_start_position == pos |
| 7880 | && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 7881 | { |
| 7882 | maybe_next_line_p = 1; |
| 7883 | break; |
| 7884 | } |
| 7885 | else if (line_start_position > 0) |
| 7886 | { |
| 7887 | best_row = row; |
| 7888 | best_row_vpos = row_vpos; |
| 7889 | } |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 | if (row->y + row->height >= yb) |
| 7892 | break; |
| 7893 | |
| 7894 | ++row; |
| 7895 | ++row_vpos; |
| 7896 | } |
| 7897 | |
| 7898 | /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */ |
| 7899 | lastcol = 0; |
| 7900 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 7901 | for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++) |
| 7902 | { |
| 7903 | struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i; |
| 7904 | int charpos = glyph->charpos; |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 | if (BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
| 7907 | { |
| 7908 | if (charpos == pos) |
| 7909 | { |
| 7910 | *hpos = i; |
| 7911 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 7912 | *x = current_x; |
| 7913 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 7914 | return 1; |
| 7915 | } |
| 7916 | else if (charpos > pos) |
| 7917 | break; |
| 7918 | } |
| 7919 | else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop)) |
| 7920 | break; |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 | if (charpos > 0) |
| 7923 | lastcol = i; |
| 7924 | current_x += glyph->pixel_width; |
| 7925 | } |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, |
| 7928 | and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, |
| 7929 | use the start of the following line. */ |
| 7930 | if (maybe_next_line_p) |
| 7931 | { |
| 7932 | ++best_row; |
| 7933 | ++best_row_vpos; |
| 7934 | lastcol = 0; |
| 7935 | current_x = best_row->x; |
| 7936 | } |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 | *vpos = best_row_vpos; |
| 7939 | *hpos = lastcol + 1; |
| 7940 | *x = current_x; |
| 7941 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 7942 | return 0; |
| 7943 | } |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 | #endif /* not 0 */ |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 | /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in |
| 7949 | window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel |
| 7950 | coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph. |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 | RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the |
| 7953 | glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position. |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 | If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of |
| 7956 | the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if |
| 7957 | RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS |
| 7958 | exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the |
| 7959 | next larger position in OBJECT. |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */ |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 | static int |
| 7964 | fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p) |
| 7965 | struct window *w; |
| 7966 | int pos; |
| 7967 | Lisp_Object object; |
| 7968 | int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y; |
| 7969 | int right_p; |
| 7970 | { |
| 7971 | int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
| 7972 | struct glyph_row *r; |
| 7973 | struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL; |
| 7974 | struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL; |
| 7975 | int best_x = 0; |
| 7976 | |
| 7977 | for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 7978 | r->enabled_p && r->y < yb; |
| 7979 | ++r) |
| 7980 | { |
| 7981 | struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7982 | struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 7983 | int gx; |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g) |
| 7986 | if (EQ (g->object, object)) |
| 7987 | { |
| 7988 | if (g->charpos == pos) |
| 7989 | { |
| 7990 | best_glyph = g; |
| 7991 | best_x = gx; |
| 7992 | best_row = r; |
| 7993 | goto found; |
| 7994 | } |
| 7995 | else if (best_glyph == NULL |
| 7996 | || ((abs (g->charpos - pos) |
| 7997 | < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos)) |
| 7998 | && (right_p |
| 7999 | ? g->charpos < pos |
| 8000 | : g->charpos > pos))) |
| 8001 | { |
| 8002 | best_glyph = g; |
| 8003 | best_x = gx; |
| 8004 | best_row = r; |
| 8005 | } |
| 8006 | } |
| 8007 | } |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 | found: |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | if (best_glyph) |
| 8012 | { |
| 8013 | *x = best_x; |
| 8014 | *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 | if (right_p) |
| 8017 | { |
| 8018 | *x += best_glyph->pixel_width; |
| 8019 | ++*hpos; |
| 8020 | } |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 | *y = best_row->y; |
| 8023 | *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows; |
| 8024 | } |
| 8025 | |
| 8026 | return best_glyph != NULL; |
| 8027 | } |
| 8028 | |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* |
| 8031 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 | static void |
| 8034 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw) |
| 8035 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8036 | enum draw_glyphs_face draw; |
| 8037 | { |
| 8038 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); |
| 8039 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother |
| 8042 | to do anything. */ |
| 8043 | w->current_matrix != NULL |
| 8044 | /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */ |
| 8045 | && (draw != DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden) |
| 8046 | /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist |
| 8047 | anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */ |
| 8048 | && dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row < w->current_matrix->nrows) |
| 8049 | { |
| 8050 | int phys_cursor_on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p; |
| 8051 | struct glyph_row *row, *first, *last; |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | first = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row); |
| 8054 | last = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row); |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 | for (row = first; row <= last && row->enabled_p; ++row) |
| 8057 | { |
| 8058 | int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x; |
| 8059 | |
| 8060 | /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */ |
| 8061 | if (row == first) |
| 8062 | { |
| 8063 | start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col; |
| 8064 | start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x; |
| 8065 | } |
| 8066 | else |
| 8067 | { |
| 8068 | start_hpos = 0; |
| 8069 | start_x = 0; |
| 8070 | } |
| 8071 | |
| 8072 | if (row == last) |
| 8073 | end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col; |
| 8074 | else |
| 8075 | end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 8076 | |
| 8077 | if (end_hpos > start_hpos) |
| 8078 | { |
| 8079 | x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 8080 | start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, 0); |
| 8081 | |
| 8082 | row->mouse_face_p |
| 8083 | = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || draw == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 8084 | } |
| 8085 | } |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to |
| 8088 | be displayed again. */ |
| 8089 | if (phys_cursor_on_p && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 8090 | x_display_cursor (w, 1, |
| 8091 | w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos, |
| 8092 | w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y); |
| 8093 | } |
| 8094 | |
| 8095 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: mouse cursor */ |
| 8096 | /* Change the mouse cursor. */ |
| 8097 | if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 8098 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8099 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 8100 | else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 8101 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8102 | f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); |
| 8103 | else |
| 8104 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8105 | f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); |
| 8106 | #endif |
| 8107 | } |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. |
| 8110 | Redraw it un-highlighted first. */ |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 | static int |
| 8113 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) |
| 8114 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8115 | { |
| 8116 | int cleared = 0; |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 8119 | { |
| 8120 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT); |
| 8121 | cleared = 1; |
| 8122 | } |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 8125 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 8126 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 8127 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; |
| 8128 | return cleared; |
| 8129 | } |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the |
| 8133 | redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar |
| 8134 | functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */ |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 | static void |
| 8137 | x_clear_mouse_face (w) |
| 8138 | struct window *w; |
| 8139 | { |
| 8140 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 8141 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8144 | XSETWINDOW (window, w); |
| 8145 | if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 8146 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 8147 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8148 | } |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 | |
| 8151 | /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any. |
| 8152 | This is used when the size of F is changed. */ |
| 8153 | |
| 8154 | void |
| 8155 | cancel_mouse_face (f) |
| 8156 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 8157 | { |
| 8158 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 8159 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; |
| 8162 | if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f) |
| 8163 | { |
| 8164 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 8165 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 8166 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 8167 | } |
| 8168 | } |
| 8169 | \f |
| 8170 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 8171 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 8172 | static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 8173 | static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 8174 | static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, Rect *)); |
| 8175 | |
| 8176 | |
| 8177 | /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under |
| 8178 | frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and |
| 8179 | size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these |
| 8180 | values. */ |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | static int |
| 8183 | glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect) |
| 8184 | struct frame *f; |
| 8185 | int x, y; |
| 8186 | Rect *rect; |
| 8187 | { |
| 8188 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 8189 | int part; |
| 8190 | |
| 8191 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0); |
| 8192 | if (!NILP (window)) |
| 8193 | { |
| 8194 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 8195 | struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 8196 | struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y); |
| 8199 | |
| 8200 | for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r) |
| 8201 | if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y) |
| 8202 | { |
| 8203 | /* Found the row at y. */ |
| 8204 | struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 8205 | struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 8206 | int gx; |
| 8207 | |
| 8208 | rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y); |
| 8209 | rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height; |
| 8210 | |
| 8211 | if (x < r->x) |
| 8212 | { |
| 8213 | /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */ |
| 8214 | rect->left = XINT (w->left); |
| 8215 | rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x); |
| 8216 | return 1; |
| 8217 | } |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 | for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g) |
| 8220 | if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x) |
| 8221 | { |
| 8222 | /* x is on a glyph. */ |
| 8223 | rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx); |
| 8224 | rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width; |
| 8225 | return 1; |
| 8226 | } |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 | /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */ |
| 8229 | rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx); |
| 8230 | rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width); |
| 8231 | return 1; |
| 8232 | } |
| 8233 | } |
| 8234 | |
| 8235 | /* The y is not on any row. */ |
| 8236 | return 0; |
| 8237 | } |
| 8238 | |
| 8239 | /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */ |
| 8240 | static void |
| 8241 | remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy) |
| 8242 | struct frame * f1; |
| 8243 | int gx, gy; |
| 8244 | { |
| 8245 | if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph)) |
| 8246 | { |
| 8247 | int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1); |
| 8248 | int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1); |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to |
| 8251 | round down even for negative values. */ |
| 8252 | if (gx < 0) |
| 8253 | gx -= width - 1; |
| 8254 | if (gy < 0) |
| 8255 | gy -= height - 1; |
| 8256 | #if 0 |
| 8257 | /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems |
| 8258 | to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one |
| 8259 | the mouse is over. */ |
| 8260 | gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width; |
| 8261 | gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height; |
| 8262 | #else |
| 8263 | gx = gx / width * width; |
| 8264 | gy = gy / height * height; |
| 8265 | #endif |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 | last_mouse_glyph.left = gx; |
| 8268 | last_mouse_glyph.top = gy; |
| 8269 | last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width; |
| 8270 | last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height; |
| 8271 | } |
| 8272 | } |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 8275 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 8276 | |
| 8277 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 8278 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 8279 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 8280 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 8283 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 8284 | the mouse is over. |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 | Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 8287 | was at this position. |
| 8288 | |
| 8289 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 8292 | movement. */ |
| 8293 | |
| 8294 | static void |
| 8295 | XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 8296 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 8297 | int insist; |
| 8298 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 8299 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 8300 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 8301 | unsigned long *time; |
| 8302 | { |
| 8303 | Point mouse_pos; |
| 8304 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
| 8305 | WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow (); |
| 8306 | struct frame *f; |
| 8307 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 8308 | |
| 8309 | if (is_emacs_window(wp)) |
| 8310 | f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8313 | |
| 8314 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 8315 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 8316 | else |
| 8317 | { |
| 8318 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 8319 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 8320 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 8323 | |
| 8324 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8325 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp)); |
| 8326 | #else |
| 8327 | SetPort (wp); |
| 8328 | #endif |
| 8329 | |
| 8330 | GetMouse (&mouse_pos); |
| 8331 | |
| 8332 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, mouse_pos.h, mouse_pos.v, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
| 8333 | &last_mouse_glyph, insist); |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 8336 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 8337 | *fp = f; |
| 8338 | XSETINT (*x, mouse_pos.h); |
| 8339 | XSETINT (*y, mouse_pos.v); |
| 8340 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 8341 | } |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8344 | } |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | \f |
| 8347 | /************************************************************************ |
| 8348 | Scroll bars, general |
| 8349 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 8350 | |
| 8351 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 8352 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 8353 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 8354 | scroll bar. */ |
| 8355 | |
| 8356 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 8357 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height) |
| 8358 | struct window *w; |
| 8359 | int top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height; |
| 8360 | { |
| 8361 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8362 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 8363 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 8364 | Rect r; |
| 8365 | ControlHandle ch; |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 | r.left = left; |
| 8370 | r.top = disp_top; |
| 8371 | r.right = left + width; |
| 8372 | r.bottom = disp_top + disp_height; |
| 8373 | |
| 8374 | #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8375 | ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", 1, 0, 0, 0, |
| 8376 | kControlScrollBarProc, 0L); |
| 8377 | #else |
| 8378 | ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", 1, 0, 0, 0, scrollBarProc, |
| 8379 | 0L); |
| 8380 | #endif |
| 8381 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar, ch); |
| 8382 | SetControlReference (ch, (long) bar); |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 8385 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 8386 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 8387 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 8388 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 8389 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 8390 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 8391 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 8394 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8395 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 8396 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 8397 | if (!NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8398 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 8399 | |
| 8400 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8401 | return bar; |
| 8402 | } |
| 8403 | |
| 8404 | |
| 8405 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
| 8406 | |
| 8407 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother |
| 8408 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always |
| 8409 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose |
| 8410 | events.) |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to |
| 8413 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll |
| 8414 | bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that |
| 8415 | the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way |
| 8416 | to move to the very end of the buffer. */ |
| 8417 | |
| 8418 | static void |
| 8419 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
| 8420 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8421 | int start, end; |
| 8422 | int rebuild; |
| 8423 | { |
| 8424 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 8425 | ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar); |
| 8426 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8427 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8428 | int length = end - start; |
| 8429 | |
| 8430 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ |
| 8431 | if (! rebuild |
| 8432 | && start == XINT (bar->start) |
| 8433 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) |
| 8434 | return; |
| 8435 | |
| 8436 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8437 | |
| 8438 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve the |
| 8439 | distance between start and end. */ |
| 8440 | if (start < 0) |
| 8441 | start = 0; |
| 8442 | else if (start > top_range) |
| 8443 | start = top_range; |
| 8444 | end = start + length; |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | if (end < start) |
| 8447 | end = start; |
| 8448 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) |
| 8449 | end = top_range; |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
| 8452 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
| 8453 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); |
| 8454 | |
| 8455 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
| 8456 | if (end > top_range) |
| 8457 | end = top_range; |
| 8458 | |
| 8459 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels below |
| 8460 | top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least that |
| 8461 | many pixels tall. */ |
| 8462 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 8463 | |
| 8464 | SetControlMinimum (ch, 0); |
| 8465 | /* Don't inadvertently activate deactivated scroll bars */ |
| 8466 | if (GetControlMaximum (ch) != -1) |
| 8467 | SetControlMaximum (ch, top_range + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE |
| 8468 | - (end - start)); |
| 8469 | SetControlValue (ch, start); |
| 8470 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8471 | SetControlViewSize (ch, end - start); |
| 8472 | #endif |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8475 | } |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 8479 | nil. */ |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | static void |
| 8482 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 8483 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8484 | { |
| 8485 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 8486 | |
| 8487 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 | /* Destroy the Mac scroll bar control */ |
| 8490 | DisposeControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar)); |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 8493 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 8494 | |
| 8495 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8496 | } |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 8499 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 8500 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 8501 | create one. */ |
| 8502 | static void |
| 8503 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 8504 | struct window *w; |
| 8505 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 8506 | { |
| 8507 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 8508 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8509 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width, disp_top, disp_height; |
| 8510 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 8511 | |
| 8512 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 8513 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 8514 | top = window_y; |
| 8515 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 8516 | width = 16; |
| 8517 | #else |
| 8518 | width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 8519 | #endif |
| 8520 | height = window_height; |
| 8521 | |
| 8522 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 8523 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 8524 | left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
| 8525 | else |
| 8526 | left = XFASTINT (w->left); |
| 8527 | left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 8528 | left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 8529 | |
| 8530 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 8531 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 8532 | if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 8533 | sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 8534 | else |
| 8535 | sb_width = width; |
| 8536 | |
| 8537 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 8538 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f)) |
| 8539 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 8540 | else |
| 8541 | sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 | /* Adjustments according to Inside Macintosh to make it look nice */ |
| 8544 | disp_top = top; |
| 8545 | disp_height = height; |
| 8546 | if (disp_top == 0) |
| 8547 | { |
| 8548 | disp_top = -1; |
| 8549 | disp_height++; |
| 8550 | } |
| 8551 | else if (disp_top == PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) - 16) |
| 8552 | { |
| 8553 | disp_top++; |
| 8554 | disp_height--; |
| 8555 | } |
| 8556 | |
| 8557 | if (sb_left + sb_width == PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) |
| 8558 | sb_left++; |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 8561 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8562 | { |
| 8563 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8564 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 8565 | left, top, width, height, 0); |
| 8566 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8567 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height, disp_top, |
| 8568 | disp_height); |
| 8569 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 8570 | } |
| 8571 | else |
| 8572 | { |
| 8573 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 8574 | ControlHandle ch; |
| 8575 | |
| 8576 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 8577 | ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar); |
| 8578 | |
| 8579 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8580 | |
| 8581 | /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */ |
| 8582 | if (XINT (bar->left) == sb_left |
| 8583 | && XINT (bar->top) == top |
| 8584 | && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width |
| 8585 | && XINT (bar->height) == height) |
| 8586 | Draw1Control (ch); |
| 8587 | else |
| 8588 | { |
| 8589 | /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as |
| 8590 | wide as the area reserved for it . This makes sure a |
| 8591 | previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for |
| 8592 | example. */ |
| 8593 | int area_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f); |
| 8594 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 8595 | left, top, area_width, height, 0); |
| 8596 | |
| 8597 | #if 0 |
| 8598 | if (sb_left + sb_width >= PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) |
| 8599 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 8600 | sb_left - 1, top, 1, height, 0); |
| 8601 | #endif |
| 8602 | |
| 8603 | HideControl (ch); |
| 8604 | MoveControl (ch, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, disp_top); |
| 8605 | SizeControl (ch, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 8606 | disp_height); |
| 8607 | ShowControl (ch); |
| 8608 | |
| 8609 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 8610 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 8611 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 8612 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 8613 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 8614 | } |
| 8615 | |
| 8616 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8617 | } |
| 8618 | |
| 8619 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
| 8620 | dragged. */ |
| 8621 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8622 | { |
| 8623 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height); |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 | if (whole == 0) |
| 8626 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
| 8627 | else |
| 8628 | { |
| 8629 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
| 8630 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; |
| 8631 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
| 8632 | } |
| 8633 | } |
| 8634 | } |
| 8635 | |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 8638 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 8639 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 8640 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 8641 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 8642 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 8643 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 8646 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 8647 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 | static void |
| 8650 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 8651 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 8652 | { |
| 8653 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 8654 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 8655 | { |
| 8656 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 8657 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8658 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 8659 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8660 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 8661 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 8662 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 8663 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 8664 | } |
| 8665 | } |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 | |
| 8668 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 8669 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 8670 | |
| 8671 | static void |
| 8672 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 8673 | struct window *window; |
| 8674 | { |
| 8675 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8676 | |
| 8677 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 8678 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8679 | abort (); |
| 8680 | |
| 8681 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 8682 | |
| 8683 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 8684 | { |
| 8685 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 8688 | { |
| 8689 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 8690 | the lists. */ |
| 8691 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8692 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 8693 | return; |
| 8694 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 8695 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 8696 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 8697 | else |
| 8698 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 8699 | one or the other! */ |
| 8700 | abort (); |
| 8701 | } |
| 8702 | else |
| 8703 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8706 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 8707 | |
| 8708 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8709 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 8710 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 8711 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 8712 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 8713 | } |
| 8714 | } |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 8717 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 8718 | |
| 8719 | static void |
| 8720 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 8721 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 8722 | { |
| 8723 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 8724 | |
| 8725 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 8726 | |
| 8727 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 8728 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 8729 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 8730 | |
| 8731 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 8732 | { |
| 8733 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 8734 | |
| 8735 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 8736 | |
| 8737 | next = b->next; |
| 8738 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 8739 | } |
| 8740 | |
| 8741 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 8742 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 8743 | } |
| 8744 | |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | static void |
| 8747 | activate_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 8748 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 8749 | { |
| 8750 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 8751 | ControlHandle ch; |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8754 | while (! NILP (bar)) |
| 8755 | { |
| 8756 | ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
| 8757 | #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8758 | ActivateControl (ch); |
| 8759 | #else |
| 8760 | SetControlMaximum (ch, |
| 8761 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (frame, |
| 8762 | XINT (XSCROLL_BAR (bar) |
| 8763 | ->height)) - 1); |
| 8764 | #endif |
| 8765 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | } |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 | |
| 8770 | static void |
| 8771 | deactivate_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 8772 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 8773 | { |
| 8774 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 8775 | ControlHandle ch; |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 8778 | while (! NILP (bar)) |
| 8779 | { |
| 8780 | ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)); |
| 8781 | #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8782 | DeactivateControl (ch); |
| 8783 | #else |
| 8784 | SetControlMaximum (ch, XINT (-1)); |
| 8785 | #endif |
| 8786 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 8787 | } |
| 8788 | } |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 8791 | is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued. |
| 8792 | |
| 8793 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 8794 | mark bits. */ |
| 8795 | |
| 8796 | static void |
| 8797 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, part_code, er, bufp) |
| 8798 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8799 | int part_code; |
| 8800 | EventRecord *er; |
| 8801 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 8802 | { |
| 8803 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 8804 | abort (); |
| 8805 | |
| 8806 | bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 8807 | bufp->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 8808 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 8809 | |
| 8810 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | switch (part_code) |
| 8813 | { |
| 8814 | case kControlUpButtonPart: |
| 8815 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 8816 | break; |
| 8817 | case kControlDownButtonPart: |
| 8818 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 8819 | break; |
| 8820 | case kControlPageUpPart: |
| 8821 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 8822 | break; |
| 8823 | case kControlPageDownPart: |
| 8824 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 8825 | break; |
| 8826 | #ifdef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8827 | default: |
| 8828 | #else |
| 8829 | case kControlIndicatorPart: |
| 8830 | #endif |
| 8831 | if (er->what == mouseDown) |
| 8832 | bar->dragging = make_number (0); |
| 8833 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 8834 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 8835 | break; |
| 8836 | } |
| 8837 | } |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | |
| 8840 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
| 8841 | |
| 8842 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 8843 | mark bits. */ |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 | static void |
| 8846 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, y_pos, t) |
| 8847 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 8848 | int y_pos; |
| 8849 | Time t; |
| 8850 | { |
| 8851 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame); |
| 8852 | |
| 8853 | last_mouse_movement_time = t; |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 | f->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 8856 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 8857 | |
| 8858 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ |
| 8859 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8860 | { |
| 8861 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ |
| 8862 | int new_start = y_pos - 24; |
| 8863 | |
| 8864 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
| 8865 | { |
| 8866 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 8869 | } |
| 8870 | } |
| 8871 | } |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | |
| 8874 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the |
| 8875 | mouse on the scroll bar. */ |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | static void |
| 8878 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 8879 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 8880 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 8881 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 8882 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 8883 | unsigned long *time; |
| 8884 | { |
| 8885 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 8886 | WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow (); |
| 8887 | Point mouse_pos; |
| 8888 | struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 8889 | int win_y, top_range; |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 8892 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp)); |
| 8893 | #else |
| 8894 | SetPort (wp); |
| 8895 | #endif |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 | GetMouse (&mouse_pos); |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 | win_y = mouse_pos.v - XINT (bar->top); |
| 8900 | top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 8903 | |
| 8904 | win_y -= 24; |
| 8905 | |
| 8906 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8907 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 8908 | |
| 8909 | if (win_y < 0) |
| 8910 | win_y = 0; |
| 8911 | if (win_y > top_range) |
| 8912 | win_y = top_range; |
| 8913 | |
| 8914 | *fp = f; |
| 8915 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 8918 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 8919 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 8920 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 8921 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 8922 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 8923 | else |
| 8924 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 8925 | |
| 8926 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
| 8927 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 8930 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 8931 | |
| 8932 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 8933 | } |
| 8934 | \f |
| 8935 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 8936 | Text Cursor |
| 8937 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 | /* Notice if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a |
| 8940 | drawing operation that outputs glyphs starting at START_X and |
| 8941 | ending at END_X in the line given by output_cursor.vpos. |
| 8942 | Coordinates are area-relative. END_X < 0 means all the rest |
| 8943 | of the line after START_X has been written. */ |
| 8944 | |
| 8945 | static void |
| 8946 | notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, y0, y1) |
| 8947 | struct window *w; |
| 8948 | enum glyph_row_area area; |
| 8949 | int x0, x1, y0, y1; |
| 8950 | { |
| 8951 | if (area == TEXT_AREA |
| 8952 | && w->phys_cursor_on_p |
| 8953 | && y0 <= w->phys_cursor.y |
| 8954 | && y1 >= w->phys_cursor.y + w->phys_cursor_height |
| 8955 | && x0 <= w->phys_cursor.x |
| 8956 | && (x1 < 0 || x1 > w->phys_cursor.x)) |
| 8957 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 8958 | } |
| 8959 | |
| 8960 | |
| 8961 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 8962 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 8963 | WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation |
| 8964 | mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle. |
| 8965 | |
| 8966 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 8967 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 8968 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 | static void |
| 8971 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p) |
| 8972 | struct window *w; |
| 8973 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 8974 | GC gc; |
| 8975 | int whole_line_p; |
| 8976 | { |
| 8977 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 8978 | Rect clip_rect; |
| 8979 | int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height; |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 | window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height); |
| 8982 | |
| 8983 | clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0); |
| 8984 | clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 8985 | clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y); |
| 8986 | clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width; |
| 8987 | clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height; |
| 8988 | |
| 8989 | /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend |
| 8990 | the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */ |
| 8991 | if (whole_line_p) |
| 8992 | { |
| 8993 | clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 8994 | clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f); |
| 8995 | } |
| 8996 | |
| 8997 | mac_set_clip_rectangle (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &clip_rect); |
| 8998 | } |
| 8999 | |
| 9000 | |
| 9001 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 | static void |
| 9004 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 9005 | struct window *w; |
| 9006 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 9007 | { |
| 9008 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 9009 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9010 | Display *dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f); |
| 9011 | int x, y, wd, h; |
| 9012 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 9013 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 9014 | GC gc; |
| 9015 | |
| 9016 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative |
| 9017 | coordinates. */ |
| 9018 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 9019 | y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 9020 | + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 9021 | h = row->height - 1; |
| 9022 | |
| 9023 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 9024 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 9025 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 9026 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 9027 | return; |
| 9028 | |
| 9029 | /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch |
| 9030 | glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a |
| 9031 | rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character |
| 9032 | width instead. */ |
| 9033 | wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1; |
| 9034 | if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 9035 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 9036 | wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd); |
| 9037 | |
| 9038 | /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal |
| 9039 | background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ |
| 9040 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel; |
| 9041 | if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 9042 | XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 9043 | else |
| 9044 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 9045 | GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 9046 | gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ |
| 9049 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); |
| 9050 | mac_draw_rectangle (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h); |
| 9051 | mac_reset_clipping (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9052 | } |
| 9053 | |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 9058 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 9059 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 9060 | --gerd. */ |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | static void |
| 9063 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width) |
| 9064 | struct window *w; |
| 9065 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 9066 | int width; |
| 9067 | { |
| 9068 | /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can |
| 9069 | happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area |
| 9070 | glyphs and mini-buffer. */ |
| 9071 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 9072 | { |
| 9073 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 9074 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 9075 | GC gc; |
| 9076 | int x; |
| 9077 | unsigned long mask; |
| 9078 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 9079 | Display *dpy; |
| 9080 | Window window; |
| 9081 | |
| 9082 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 9083 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 9084 | return; |
| 9085 | |
| 9086 | xgcv.background = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel; |
| 9087 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel; |
| 9088 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground; |
| 9089 | dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f); |
| 9090 | window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f); |
| 9091 | gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 | if (gc) |
| 9094 | XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 9095 | else |
| 9096 | { |
| 9097 | gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 9098 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc; |
| 9099 | } |
| 9100 | |
| 9101 | if (width < 0) |
| 9102 | width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f); |
| 9103 | |
| 9104 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 9105 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0); |
| 9106 | XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc, |
| 9107 | x, |
| 9108 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 9109 | min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width), |
| 9110 | row->height); |
| 9111 | mac_reset_clipping (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9112 | } |
| 9113 | } |
| 9114 | |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 | /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the |
| 9117 | cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor |
| 9118 | is is about to be rewritten. */ |
| 9119 | |
| 9120 | static void |
| 9121 | x_clear_cursor (w) |
| 9122 | struct window *w; |
| 9123 | { |
| 9124 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 9125 | x_update_window_cursor (w, 0); |
| 9126 | } |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 | |
| 9129 | /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the |
| 9130 | comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */ |
| 9131 | |
| 9132 | static void |
| 9133 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl) |
| 9134 | struct window *w; |
| 9135 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 9136 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 9137 | { |
| 9138 | /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can |
| 9139 | happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area |
| 9140 | glyphs and mini-buffer. */ |
| 9141 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 9142 | { |
| 9143 | int on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p; |
| 9144 | x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA, |
| 9145 | w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, |
| 9146 | hl, 0); |
| 9147 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = on_p; |
| 9148 | |
| 9149 | /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other |
| 9150 | rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows |
| 9151 | are redrawn. */ |
| 9152 | if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p) |
| 9153 | { |
| 9154 | if (row > w->current_matrix->rows |
| 9155 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1)) |
| 9156 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 | if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w) |
| 9159 | && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1)) |
| 9160 | x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA); |
| 9161 | } |
| 9162 | } |
| 9163 | } |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 | |
| 9166 | /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */ |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 | static void |
| 9169 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w) |
| 9170 | struct window *w; |
| 9171 | { |
| 9172 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 9173 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9174 | int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; |
| 9175 | int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; |
| 9176 | int mouse_face_here_p = 0; |
| 9177 | struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 9178 | struct glyph_row *cursor_row; |
| 9179 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 9180 | enum draw_glyphs_face hl; |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 | /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the |
| 9183 | screen. */ |
| 9184 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR) |
| 9185 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 | /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized. |
| 9188 | Don't bother to erase the cursor. */ |
| 9189 | if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows) |
| 9190 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 | /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we |
| 9193 | can do. */ |
| 9194 | cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos); |
| 9195 | if (!cursor_row->enabled_p) |
| 9196 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9197 | |
| 9198 | /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which |
| 9199 | isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and |
| 9200 | we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */ |
| 9201 | if (cursor_row->visible_height <= 0) |
| 9202 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 | /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one. |
| 9205 | In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line |
| 9206 | should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be |
| 9207 | able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a |
| 9208 | cursor glyph at hand. */ |
| 9209 | if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
| 9210 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9211 | |
| 9212 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when |
| 9213 | we clear the cursor. */ |
| 9214 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 9215 | && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 9216 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9217 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9218 | && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)) |
| 9219 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9220 | || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9221 | && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col)) |
| 9222 | /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the |
| 9223 | end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but |
| 9224 | mouse highlighting does not. */ |
| 9225 | && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos) |
| 9226 | mouse_face_here_p = 1; |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 | /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */ |
| 9229 | if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR) |
| 9230 | { |
| 9231 | int x; |
| 9232 | int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 9235 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 9236 | goto mark_cursor_off; |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x), |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 | XClearArea (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), |
| 9241 | x, |
| 9242 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height, |
| 9243 | cursor_row->y)), |
| 9244 | cursor_glyph->pixel_width, |
| 9245 | cursor_row->visible_height, |
| 9246 | 0); |
| 9247 | } |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
| 9250 | if (mouse_face_here_p) |
| 9251 | hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE; |
| 9252 | else |
| 9253 | hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT; |
| 9254 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl); |
| 9255 | |
| 9256 | mark_cursor_off: |
| 9257 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 9258 | w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR; |
| 9259 | } |
| 9260 | |
| 9261 | |
| 9262 | /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */ |
| 9263 | |
| 9264 | static int |
| 9265 | cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w) |
| 9266 | struct window *w; |
| 9267 | { |
| 9268 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 9269 | = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 9270 | int in_mouse_face = 0; |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 | if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) |
| 9273 | && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w) |
| 9274 | { |
| 9275 | int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos; |
| 9276 | int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos; |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 | if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9279 | && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9280 | && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9281 | || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 9282 | && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9283 | || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col |
| 9284 | || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)) |
| 9285 | in_mouse_face = 1; |
| 9286 | } |
| 9287 | |
| 9288 | return in_mouse_face; |
| 9289 | } |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 | |
| 9292 | /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the |
| 9293 | cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero, |
| 9294 | where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */ |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 | void |
| 9297 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 9298 | struct window *w; |
| 9299 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 9300 | { |
| 9301 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 9302 | int new_cursor_type; |
| 9303 | int new_cursor_width; |
| 9304 | int active_cursor; |
| 9305 | struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs; |
| 9306 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 9307 | struct glyph *glyph; |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
| 9310 | windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may |
| 9311 | be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the |
| 9312 | window. */ |
| 9313 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
| 9314 | || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
| 9315 | || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows |
| 9316 | || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w) |
| 9317 | return; |
| 9318 | |
| 9319 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ |
| 9320 | if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 9321 | return; |
| 9322 | |
| 9323 | current_glyphs = w->current_matrix; |
| 9324 | glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos); |
| 9325 | glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos; |
| 9326 | |
| 9327 | /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to |
| 9328 | display the cursor. */ |
| 9329 | if (!glyph_row->enabled_p) |
| 9330 | { |
| 9331 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
| 9332 | return; |
| 9333 | } |
| 9334 | |
| 9335 | xassert (interrupt_input_blocked); |
| 9336 | |
| 9337 | /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */ |
| 9338 | new_cursor_type = get_window_cursor_type (w, &new_cursor_width, &active_cursor); |
| 9339 | |
| 9340 | |
| 9341 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or |
| 9342 | it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want, |
| 9343 | erase it. */ |
| 9344 | if (w->phys_cursor_on_p |
| 9345 | && (!on |
| 9346 | || w->phys_cursor.x != x |
| 9347 | || w->phys_cursor.y != y |
| 9348 | || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type |
| 9349 | || ((new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR || new_cursor_type == HBAR_CURSOR) |
| 9350 | && new_cursor_width != w->phys_cursor_width))) |
| 9351 | x_erase_phys_cursor (w); |
| 9352 | |
| 9353 | /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible, |
| 9354 | display it. */ |
| 9355 | if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p) |
| 9356 | { |
| 9357 | w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent; |
| 9358 | w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height; |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 | /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some |
| 9361 | of them may need the information. */ |
| 9362 | w->phys_cursor.x = x; |
| 9363 | w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y; |
| 9364 | w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos; |
| 9365 | w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos; |
| 9366 | w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type; |
| 9367 | w->phys_cursor_width = new_cursor_width; |
| 9368 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 | switch (new_cursor_type) |
| 9371 | { |
| 9372 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 9373 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 9374 | break; |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 9377 | x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 9378 | break; |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 | case HBAR_CURSOR: |
| 9381 | /* TODO. For now, just draw bar cursor. */ |
| 9382 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 9383 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width); |
| 9384 | break; |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 9387 | break; |
| 9388 | |
| 9389 | default: |
| 9390 | abort (); |
| 9391 | } |
| 9392 | } |
| 9393 | } |
| 9394 | |
| 9395 | |
| 9396 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window |
| 9397 | relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix |
| 9398 | positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow |
| 9399 | cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which |
| 9400 | correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */ |
| 9401 | |
| 9402 | void |
| 9403 | x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y) |
| 9404 | struct window *w; |
| 9405 | int on, hpos, vpos, x, y; |
| 9406 | { |
| 9407 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9408 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y); |
| 9409 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9410 | } |
| 9411 | |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 | /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P. |
| 9414 | Don't change the cursor's position. */ |
| 9415 | |
| 9416 | void |
| 9417 | x_update_cursor (f, on_p) |
| 9418 | struct frame *f; |
| 9419 | int on_p; |
| 9420 | { |
| 9421 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p); |
| 9422 | } |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 | |
| 9425 | /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows |
| 9426 | in the window tree rooted at W. */ |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 | static void |
| 9429 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p) |
| 9430 | struct window *w; |
| 9431 | int on_p; |
| 9432 | { |
| 9433 | while (w) |
| 9434 | { |
| 9435 | if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
| 9436 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
| 9437 | else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
| 9438 | x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
| 9439 | else |
| 9440 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p); |
| 9441 | |
| 9442 | w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
| 9443 | } |
| 9444 | } |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 | |
| 9447 | /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value |
| 9448 | of ON. */ |
| 9449 | |
| 9450 | static void |
| 9451 | x_update_window_cursor (w, on) |
| 9452 | struct window *w; |
| 9453 | int on; |
| 9454 | { |
| 9455 | /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process |
| 9456 | of being deleted. */ |
| 9457 | if (w->current_matrix) |
| 9458 | { |
| 9459 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9460 | x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, |
| 9461 | w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x, |
| 9462 | w->phys_cursor.y); |
| 9463 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9464 | } |
| 9465 | } |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 | |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 | \f |
| 9470 | /* Icons. */ |
| 9471 | |
| 9472 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icon support yet. */ |
| 9473 | int |
| 9474 | x_bitmap_icon (f, icon) |
| 9475 | struct frame *f; |
| 9476 | Lisp_Object icon; |
| 9477 | { |
| 9478 | HANDLE hicon; |
| 9479 | |
| 9480 | if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 9481 | return 1; |
| 9482 | |
| 9483 | if (NILP (icon)) |
| 9484 | hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 9485 | else if (STRINGP (icon)) |
| 9486 | hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, |
| 9487 | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE); |
| 9488 | else if (SYMBOLP (icon)) |
| 9489 | { |
| 9490 | LPCTSTR name; |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 | if (EQ (icon, intern ("application"))) |
| 9493 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION; |
| 9494 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand"))) |
| 9495 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND; |
| 9496 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question"))) |
| 9497 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION; |
| 9498 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation"))) |
| 9499 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION; |
| 9500 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk"))) |
| 9501 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK; |
| 9502 | else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo"))) |
| 9503 | name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO; |
| 9504 | else |
| 9505 | return 1; |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 | hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name); |
| 9508 | } |
| 9509 | else |
| 9510 | return 1; |
| 9511 | |
| 9512 | if (hicon == NULL) |
| 9513 | return 1; |
| 9514 | |
| 9515 | PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG, |
| 9516 | (LPARAM) hicon); |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 | return 0; |
| 9519 | } |
| 9520 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 9521 | \f |
| 9522 | /************************************************************************ |
| 9523 | Handling X errors |
| 9524 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 | /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here |
| 9527 | helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c. |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 9530 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 9531 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 9532 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 9533 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 9534 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 9535 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 9536 | x_trace_wire () |
| 9537 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) |
| 9538 | x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) |
| 9539 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 9540 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 9541 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 | */ |
| 9544 | |
| 9545 | \f |
| 9546 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 9547 | |
| 9548 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 9549 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 9550 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 9551 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 9552 | |
| 9553 | Lisp_Object |
| 9554 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 9555 | struct frame *f; |
| 9556 | register char *fontname; |
| 9557 | { |
| 9558 | struct font_info *fontp |
| 9559 | = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); |
| 9560 | |
| 9561 | if (!fontp) |
| 9562 | return Qnil; |
| 9563 | |
| 9564 | FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); |
| 9565 | FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset; |
| 9566 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; |
| 9567 | |
| 9568 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 9569 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) |
| 9570 | { |
| 9571 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9572 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; |
| 9573 | } |
| 9574 | else |
| 9575 | { |
| 9576 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9577 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 9578 | } |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 9581 | if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 9582 | { |
| 9583 | XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, |
| 9584 | f->output_data.mac->font); |
| 9585 | XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->reverse_gc, |
| 9586 | f->output_data.mac->font); |
| 9587 | XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc, |
| 9588 | f->output_data.mac->font); |
| 9589 | |
| 9590 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
| 9591 | if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f) |
| 9592 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
| 9593 | } |
| 9594 | else |
| 9595 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, |
| 9596 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ |
| 9597 | f->output_data.mac->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 | return build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 9600 | } |
| 9601 | \f |
| 9602 | /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and |
| 9603 | return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard |
| 9604 | pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. |
| 9605 | The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ |
| 9606 | |
| 9607 | Lisp_Object |
| 9608 | x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) |
| 9609 | struct frame *f; |
| 9610 | char *fontsetname; |
| 9611 | { |
| 9612 | int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); |
| 9613 | Lisp_Object result; |
| 9614 | |
| 9615 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 9616 | return Qnil; |
| 9617 | |
| 9618 | if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset) |
| 9619 | /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more |
| 9620 | to do. */ |
| 9621 | return fontset_name (fontset); |
| 9622 | |
| 9623 | result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset)))); |
| 9624 | |
| 9625 | if (!STRINGP (result)) |
| 9626 | /* Can't load ASCII font. */ |
| 9627 | return Qnil; |
| 9628 | |
| 9629 | /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ |
| 9630 | FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset; |
| 9631 | |
| 9632 | return build_string (fontsetname); |
| 9633 | } |
| 9634 | |
| 9635 | /* Compute actual fringe widths */ |
| 9636 | |
| 9637 | void |
| 9638 | x_compute_fringe_widths (f, redraw) |
| 9639 | struct frame *f; |
| 9640 | int redraw; |
| 9641 | { |
| 9642 | int o_left = f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width; |
| 9643 | int o_right = f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width; |
| 9644 | int o_cols = f->output_data.mac->fringe_cols; |
| 9645 | |
| 9646 | Lisp_Object left_fringe = Fassq (Qleft_fringe, f->param_alist); |
| 9647 | Lisp_Object right_fringe = Fassq (Qright_fringe, f->param_alist); |
| 9648 | int left_fringe_width, right_fringe_width; |
| 9649 | |
| 9650 | if (!NILP (left_fringe)) |
| 9651 | left_fringe = Fcdr (left_fringe); |
| 9652 | if (!NILP (right_fringe)) |
| 9653 | right_fringe = Fcdr (right_fringe); |
| 9654 | |
| 9655 | left_fringe_width = ((NILP (left_fringe) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe)) ? 8 : |
| 9656 | XINT (left_fringe)); |
| 9657 | right_fringe_width = ((NILP (right_fringe) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe)) ? 8 : |
| 9658 | XINT (right_fringe)); |
| 9659 | |
| 9660 | if (left_fringe_width || right_fringe_width) |
| 9661 | { |
| 9662 | int left_wid = left_fringe_width >= 0 ? left_fringe_width : -left_fringe_width; |
| 9663 | int right_wid = right_fringe_width >= 0 ? right_fringe_width : -right_fringe_width; |
| 9664 | int conf_wid = left_wid + right_wid; |
| 9665 | int font_wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.mac->font); |
| 9666 | int cols = (left_wid + right_wid + font_wid-1) / font_wid; |
| 9667 | int real_wid = cols * font_wid; |
| 9668 | if (left_wid && right_wid) |
| 9669 | { |
| 9670 | if (left_fringe_width < 0) |
| 9671 | { |
| 9672 | /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */ |
| 9673 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = left_wid; |
| 9674 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = real_wid - left_wid; |
| 9675 | } |
| 9676 | else if (right_fringe_width < 0) |
| 9677 | { |
| 9678 | /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */ |
| 9679 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = real_wid - right_wid; |
| 9680 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = right_wid; |
| 9681 | } |
| 9682 | else |
| 9683 | { |
| 9684 | /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount. |
| 9685 | Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't |
| 9686 | lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */ |
| 9687 | int fill = real_wid - conf_wid; |
| 9688 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = left_wid + fill/2; |
| 9689 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = right_wid + fill - fill/2; |
| 9690 | } |
| 9691 | } |
| 9692 | else if (left_fringe_width) |
| 9693 | { |
| 9694 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = real_wid; |
| 9695 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = 0; |
| 9696 | } |
| 9697 | else |
| 9698 | { |
| 9699 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = 0; |
| 9700 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = real_wid; |
| 9701 | } |
| 9702 | f->output_data.mac->fringe_cols = cols; |
| 9703 | f->output_data.mac->fringes_extra = real_wid; |
| 9704 | } |
| 9705 | else |
| 9706 | { |
| 9707 | f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width = 0; |
| 9708 | f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width = 0; |
| 9709 | f->output_data.mac->fringe_cols = 0; |
| 9710 | f->output_data.mac->fringes_extra = 0; |
| 9711 | } |
| 9712 | |
| 9713 | if (redraw && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 9714 | if (o_left != f->output_data.mac->left_fringe_width || |
| 9715 | o_right != f->output_data.mac->right_fringe_width || |
| 9716 | o_cols != f->output_data.mac->fringe_cols) |
| 9717 | redraw_frame (f); |
| 9718 | } |
| 9719 | \f |
| 9720 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 9721 | TODO: W32 Input Methods |
| 9722 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 9723 | /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step. |
| 9724 | |
| 9725 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 9726 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 9727 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 9728 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 9729 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 9730 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 | */ |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 | \f |
| 9735 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 9736 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 9737 | |
| 9738 | void |
| 9739 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 9740 | struct frame *f; |
| 9741 | { |
| 9742 | Point pt; |
| 9743 | int flags = f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags; |
| 9744 | |
| 9745 | pt.h = pt.v = 0; |
| 9746 | |
| 9747 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 9748 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */ |
| 9749 | if (f->output_data.mac->parent_desc != FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 9750 | { |
| 9751 | GrafPtr savePort; |
| 9752 | GetPort (&savePort); |
| 9753 | |
| 9754 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 9755 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f))); |
| 9756 | #else |
| 9757 | SetPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9758 | #endif |
| 9759 | |
| 9760 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 9761 | { |
| 9762 | Rect r; |
| 9763 | |
| 9764 | GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r); |
| 9765 | SetPt(&pt, r.left, r.top); |
| 9766 | } |
| 9767 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 9768 | SetPt(&pt, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portRect.left, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portRect.top); |
| 9769 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 9770 | LocalToGlobal (&pt); |
| 9771 | SetPort (savePort); |
| 9772 | } |
| 9773 | |
| 9774 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 9775 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 9776 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 9777 | f->output_data.mac->left_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 9778 | - 2 * f->output_data.mac->border_width - pt.h |
| 9779 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 9780 | + f->output_data.mac->left_pos); |
| 9781 | /* NTEMACS_TODO: Subtract menubar height? */ |
| 9782 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 9783 | f->output_data.mac->top_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 9784 | - 2 * f->output_data.mac->border_width - pt.v |
| 9785 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 9786 | + f->output_data.mac->top_pos); |
| 9787 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 9788 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 9789 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 9790 | f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 9791 | } |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 9794 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 9795 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 9796 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 9797 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 | void |
| 9800 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 9801 | struct frame *f; |
| 9802 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 9803 | int change_gravity; |
| 9804 | { |
| 9805 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 9806 | |
| 9807 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 9808 | { |
| 9809 | f->output_data.mac->top_pos = yoff; |
| 9810 | f->output_data.mac->left_pos = xoff; |
| 9811 | f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 9812 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 9813 | f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 9814 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 9815 | f->output_data.mac->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 9816 | f->output_data.mac->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 9817 | } |
| 9818 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 9819 | |
| 9820 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9821 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 9822 | |
| 9823 | modified_left = f->output_data.mac->left_pos; |
| 9824 | modified_top = f->output_data.mac->top_pos; |
| 9825 | |
| 9826 | MoveWindow (f->output_data.mac->mWP, modified_left + 6, |
| 9827 | modified_top + 42, false); |
| 9828 | |
| 9829 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9830 | } |
| 9831 | |
| 9832 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 9833 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 9834 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 9835 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 9836 | |
| 9837 | void |
| 9838 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 9839 | struct frame *f; |
| 9840 | int change_gravity; |
| 9841 | int cols, rows; |
| 9842 | { |
| 9843 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9846 | |
| 9847 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 9848 | f->output_data.mac->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
| 9849 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 9850 | ? 0 |
| 9851 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.mac->font))); |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 | x_compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 9856 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 9857 | |
| 9858 | f->output_data.mac->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 9859 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 9860 | |
| 9861 | SizeWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight, 0); |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 9864 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 9865 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 9866 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 9867 | |
| 9868 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 9869 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 9870 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 9871 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 9872 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 9873 | |
| 9874 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 9875 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 9876 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 9877 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 9878 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 9879 | |
| 9880 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 9881 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 9882 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 9883 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 9884 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 9885 | |
| 9886 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 9887 | |
| 9888 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 9889 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 9890 | |
| 9891 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 9892 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 9893 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 9894 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 9895 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 9896 | |
| 9897 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9898 | } |
| 9899 | \f |
| 9900 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 9901 | |
| 9902 | void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y); |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 | void |
| 9905 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 9906 | struct frame *f; |
| 9907 | int x, y; |
| 9908 | { |
| 9909 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 9910 | |
| 9911 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.mac->font) / 2; |
| 9912 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.mac->line_height / 2; |
| 9913 | |
| 9914 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 9915 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 9916 | |
| 9917 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 9918 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 9921 | } |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 | void |
| 9924 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 9925 | struct frame *f; |
| 9926 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 9927 | { |
| 9928 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: CursorDeviceMoveTo is non-Carbon */ |
| 9929 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 9932 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 9933 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9934 | #endif |
| 9935 | } |
| 9936 | |
| 9937 | \f |
| 9938 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 9939 | |
| 9940 | void |
| 9941 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 9942 | struct frame *f; |
| 9943 | { |
| 9944 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
| 9945 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 9946 | #endif |
| 9947 | #if 0 |
| 9948 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this |
| 9949 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up |
| 9950 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
| 9951 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 9952 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 9953 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 9954 | } |
| 9955 | |
| 9956 | void |
| 9957 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 9958 | struct frame *f; |
| 9959 | { |
| 9960 | } |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 9963 | void |
| 9964 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 9965 | struct frame *f; |
| 9966 | { |
| 9967 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 9968 | SelectWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9969 | } |
| 9970 | |
| 9971 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 9972 | void |
| 9973 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 9974 | struct frame *f; |
| 9975 | { |
| 9976 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 9977 | SendBehind (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), nil); |
| 9978 | } |
| 9979 | |
| 9980 | static void |
| 9981 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 9982 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9983 | int raise_flag; |
| 9984 | { |
| 9985 | if (raise_flag) |
| 9986 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 9987 | else |
| 9988 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 9989 | } |
| 9990 | \f |
| 9991 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 9992 | |
| 9993 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 9994 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 9995 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 9996 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 9997 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 9998 | finishes with it. */ |
| 9999 | |
| 10000 | void |
| 10001 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 10002 | struct frame *f; |
| 10003 | { |
| 10004 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 10005 | int original_top, original_left; |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 10010 | { |
| 10011 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 10012 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 10013 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 10014 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 10015 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 10016 | && ! f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible) |
| 10017 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.mac->left_pos, |
| 10018 | f->output_data.mac->top_pos, 0); |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 | f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 | ShowWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 10023 | } |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 | XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 10026 | |
| 10027 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 10028 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 10029 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 10030 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 10031 | { |
| 10032 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 10033 | int count; |
| 10034 | |
| 10035 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 10036 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10037 | |
| 10038 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 10041 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 10042 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 10043 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 10044 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 10045 | { |
| 10046 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 10047 | x_sync (f); |
| 10048 | |
| 10049 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been |
| 10050 | observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an |
| 10051 | alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something |
| 10052 | to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems |
| 10053 | that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is |
| 10054 | probably a bug. */ |
| 10055 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 10056 | { |
| 10057 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while |
| 10058 | processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the |
| 10059 | handler reset it. */ |
| 10060 | extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void)); |
| 10061 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 10062 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 10063 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 10064 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 10065 | } |
| 10066 | |
| 10067 | /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */ |
| 10068 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 10069 | } |
| 10070 | } |
| 10071 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 10072 | } |
| 10073 | |
| 10074 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 10077 | |
| 10078 | void |
| 10079 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 10080 | struct frame *f; |
| 10081 | { |
| 10082 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 10083 | if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 10084 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 10085 | |
| 10086 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10087 | |
| 10088 | HideWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 10091 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 10092 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 10093 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 10094 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 10095 | f->visible = 0; |
| 10096 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 10097 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 10098 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 10099 | |
| 10100 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10101 | } |
| 10102 | |
| 10103 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 10104 | |
| 10105 | void |
| 10106 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 10107 | struct frame *f; |
| 10108 | { |
| 10109 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 10110 | if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 10111 | FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 10112 | |
| 10113 | #if 0 |
| 10114 | /* Review: Since window is still visible in dock, still allow updates? */ |
| 10115 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 10116 | return; |
| 10117 | #endif |
| 10118 | |
| 10119 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10120 | |
| 10121 | CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), true); |
| 10122 | |
| 10123 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10124 | } |
| 10125 | |
| 10126 | \f |
| 10127 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
| 10128 | |
| 10129 | void |
| 10130 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 10131 | struct frame *f; |
| 10132 | { |
| 10133 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10134 | |
| 10135 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10136 | |
| 10137 | DisposeWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 10138 | |
| 10139 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 10140 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 10141 | |
| 10142 | xfree (f->output_data.mac); |
| 10143 | f->output_data.mac = 0; |
| 10144 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 10145 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 10146 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 10147 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 10148 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 10149 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 10150 | |
| 10151 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 10152 | |
| 10153 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 10154 | { |
| 10155 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 10156 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 10157 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 10158 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 10159 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 10160 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 10161 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 10162 | } |
| 10163 | |
| 10164 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10165 | } |
| 10166 | \f |
| 10167 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 10168 | |
| 10169 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 10170 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 10171 | that the window now has. |
| 10172 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 10173 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 10174 | void |
| 10175 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 10176 | struct frame *f; |
| 10177 | long flags; |
| 10178 | int user_position; |
| 10179 | { |
| 10180 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: connect this to the Appearance Manager */ |
| 10181 | XSizeHints size_hints; |
| 10182 | |
| 10183 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10184 | Arg al[2]; |
| 10185 | int ac = 0; |
| 10186 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; |
| 10187 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 10188 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10189 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 10190 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10191 | |
| 10192 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
| 10193 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 | size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 10196 | size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 10197 | |
| 10198 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10199 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; |
| 10200 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; |
| 10201 | XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac); |
| 10202 | size_hints.height = widget_height; |
| 10203 | size_hints.width = widget_width; |
| 10204 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10205 | size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 10206 | size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 10207 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10208 | |
| 10209 | size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 10210 | size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 10211 | size_hints.max_width |
| 10212 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 10213 | size_hints.max_height |
| 10214 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 10215 | |
| 10216 | /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. |
| 10217 | |
| 10218 | (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here. |
| 10219 | Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */ |
| 10220 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10221 | { |
| 10222 | int base_width, base_height; |
| 10223 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
| 10224 | |
| 10225 | base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 10226 | base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 10227 | |
| 10228 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
| 10229 | |
| 10230 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
| 10231 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while |
| 10232 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this |
| 10233 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a |
| 10234 | zero-row, zero-column frame. |
| 10235 | |
| 10236 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have |
| 10237 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members |
| 10238 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 10241 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
| 10242 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
| 10243 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
| 10244 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
| 10245 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
| 10246 | #else |
| 10247 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
| 10248 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; |
| 10249 | #endif |
| 10250 | } |
| 10251 | |
| 10252 | /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */ |
| 10253 | if (flags) |
| 10254 | { |
| 10255 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 10256 | goto no_read; |
| 10257 | } |
| 10258 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 | { |
| 10261 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ |
| 10262 | long supplied_return; |
| 10263 | int value; |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 10266 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints, |
| 10267 | &supplied_return); |
| 10268 | #else |
| 10269 | value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints); |
| 10270 | #endif |
| 10271 | |
| 10272 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10273 | size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height; |
| 10274 | size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width; |
| 10275 | size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height; |
| 10276 | size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width; |
| 10277 | #endif |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 | if (flags) |
| 10280 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 10281 | else |
| 10282 | { |
| 10283 | if (value == 0) |
| 10284 | hints.flags = 0; |
| 10285 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
| 10286 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; |
| 10287 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) |
| 10288 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; |
| 10289 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) |
| 10290 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 10291 | if (hints.flags & USSize) |
| 10292 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; |
| 10293 | } |
| 10294 | } |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10297 | no_read: |
| 10298 | #endif |
| 10299 | |
| 10300 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
| 10301 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity; |
| 10302 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
| 10303 | |
| 10304 | if (user_position) |
| 10305 | { |
| 10306 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
| 10307 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 10308 | } |
| 10309 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
| 10310 | |
| 10311 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 10312 | XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 10313 | #else |
| 10314 | XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 10315 | #endif |
| 10316 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 10317 | } |
| 10318 | |
| 10319 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: hide application instead of iconify? */ |
| 10320 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ |
| 10321 | |
| 10322 | void |
| 10323 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
| 10324 | struct frame *f; |
| 10325 | int state; |
| 10326 | { |
| 10327 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10328 | Arg al[1]; |
| 10329 | |
| 10330 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); |
| 10331 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 10332 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10333 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 10334 | |
| 10335 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
| 10336 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; |
| 10337 | |
| 10338 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 10339 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10340 | } |
| 10341 | |
| 10342 | void |
| 10343 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id) |
| 10344 | struct frame *f; |
| 10345 | int pixmap_id; |
| 10346 | { |
| 10347 | Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
| 10348 | |
| 10349 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10350 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 10351 | #endif |
| 10352 | |
| 10353 | if (pixmap_id > 0) |
| 10354 | { |
| 10355 | icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id); |
| 10356 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; |
| 10357 | } |
| 10358 | else |
| 10359 | { |
| 10360 | /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap. |
| 10361 | The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created, |
| 10362 | for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes. |
| 10363 | Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case, |
| 10364 | but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the |
| 10365 | right thing at all. Since there is no way to win, |
| 10366 | best to explicitly give up. */ |
| 10367 | #if 0 |
| 10368 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None; |
| 10369 | #else |
| 10370 | return; |
| 10371 | #endif |
| 10372 | } |
| 10373 | |
| 10374 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */ |
| 10375 | |
| 10376 | { |
| 10377 | Arg al[1]; |
| 10378 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap); |
| 10379 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 10380 | } |
| 10381 | |
| 10382 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10383 | |
| 10384 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; |
| 10385 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10388 | } |
| 10389 | |
| 10390 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 10391 | |
| 10392 | void |
| 10393 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 10394 | struct frame *f; |
| 10395 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 10396 | { |
| 10397 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icons on Mac */ |
| 10398 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10399 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 10400 | #else |
| 10401 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 10402 | #endif |
| 10403 | |
| 10404 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 10405 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 10406 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 10407 | |
| 10408 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 10409 | #endif /* MAC_TODO */ |
| 10410 | } |
| 10411 | |
| 10412 | \f |
| 10413 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 10414 | Fonts |
| 10415 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 10416 | |
| 10417 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */ |
| 10418 | |
| 10419 | struct font_info * |
| 10420 | x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) |
| 10421 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 10422 | int font_idx; |
| 10423 | { |
| 10424 | return (FRAME_MAC_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx); |
| 10425 | } |
| 10426 | |
| 10427 | /* the global font name table */ |
| 10428 | char **font_name_table = NULL; |
| 10429 | int font_name_table_size = 0; |
| 10430 | int font_name_count = 0; |
| 10431 | |
| 10432 | /* compare two strings ignoring case */ |
| 10433 | static int |
| 10434 | stricmp (const char *s, const char *t) |
| 10435 | { |
| 10436 | for ( ; tolower (*s) == tolower (*t); s++, t++) |
| 10437 | if (*s == '\0') |
| 10438 | return 0; |
| 10439 | return tolower (*s) - tolower (*t); |
| 10440 | } |
| 10441 | |
| 10442 | /* compare two strings ignoring case and handling wildcard */ |
| 10443 | static int |
| 10444 | wildstrieq (char *s1, char *s2) |
| 10445 | { |
| 10446 | if (strcmp (s1, "*") == 0 || strcmp (s2, "*") == 0) |
| 10447 | return true; |
| 10448 | |
| 10449 | return stricmp (s1, s2) == 0; |
| 10450 | } |
| 10451 | |
| 10452 | /* Assume parameter 1 is fully qualified, no wildcards. */ |
| 10453 | static int |
| 10454 | mac_font_pattern_match (fontname, pattern) |
| 10455 | char * fontname; |
| 10456 | char * pattern; |
| 10457 | { |
| 10458 | char *regex = (char *) alloca (strlen (pattern) * 2 + 3); |
| 10459 | char *font_name_copy = (char *) alloca (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 10460 | char *ptr; |
| 10461 | |
| 10462 | /* Copy fontname so we can modify it during comparison. */ |
| 10463 | strcpy (font_name_copy, fontname); |
| 10464 | |
| 10465 | ptr = regex; |
| 10466 | *ptr++ = '^'; |
| 10467 | |
| 10468 | /* Turn pattern into a regexp and do a regexp match. */ |
| 10469 | for (; *pattern; pattern++) |
| 10470 | { |
| 10471 | if (*pattern == '?') |
| 10472 | *ptr++ = '.'; |
| 10473 | else if (*pattern == '*') |
| 10474 | { |
| 10475 | *ptr++ = '.'; |
| 10476 | *ptr++ = '*'; |
| 10477 | } |
| 10478 | else |
| 10479 | *ptr++ = *pattern; |
| 10480 | } |
| 10481 | *ptr = '$'; |
| 10482 | *(ptr + 1) = '\0'; |
| 10483 | |
| 10484 | return (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (build_string (regex), |
| 10485 | font_name_copy) >= 0); |
| 10486 | } |
| 10487 | |
| 10488 | /* Two font specs are considered to match if their foundry, family, |
| 10489 | weight, slant, and charset match. */ |
| 10490 | static int |
| 10491 | mac_font_match (char *mf, char *xf) |
| 10492 | { |
| 10493 | char m_foundry[50], m_family[50], m_weight[20], m_slant[2], m_charset[20]; |
| 10494 | char x_foundry[50], x_family[50], x_weight[20], x_slant[2], x_charset[20]; |
| 10495 | |
| 10496 | if (sscanf (mf, "-%49[^-]-%49[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%19s", |
| 10497 | m_foundry, m_family, m_weight, m_slant, m_charset) != 5) |
| 10498 | return mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf); |
| 10499 | |
| 10500 | if (sscanf (xf, "-%49[^-]-%49[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%19s", |
| 10501 | x_foundry, x_family, x_weight, x_slant, x_charset) != 5) |
| 10502 | return mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf); |
| 10503 | |
| 10504 | return (wildstrieq (m_foundry, x_foundry) |
| 10505 | && wildstrieq (m_family, x_family) |
| 10506 | && wildstrieq (m_weight, x_weight) |
| 10507 | && wildstrieq (m_slant, x_slant) |
| 10508 | && wildstrieq (m_charset, x_charset)) |
| 10509 | || mac_font_pattern_match (mf, xf); |
| 10510 | } |
| 10511 | |
| 10512 | |
| 10513 | static char * |
| 10514 | mac_to_x_fontname (char *name, int size, Style style, short scriptcode) |
| 10515 | { |
| 10516 | char foundry[32], family[32], cs[32]; |
| 10517 | char xf[255], *result, *p; |
| 10518 | |
| 10519 | if (sscanf (name, "%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%31s", foundry, family, cs) != 3) |
| 10520 | { |
| 10521 | strcpy(foundry, "Apple"); |
| 10522 | strcpy(family, name); |
| 10523 | |
| 10524 | switch (scriptcode) |
| 10525 | { |
| 10526 | case smTradChinese: |
| 10527 | strcpy(cs, "big5-0"); |
| 10528 | break; |
| 10529 | case smSimpChinese: |
| 10530 | strcpy(cs, "gb2312.1980-0"); |
| 10531 | break; |
| 10532 | case smJapanese: |
| 10533 | strcpy(cs, "jisx0208.1983-sjis"); |
| 10534 | break; |
| 10535 | case -smJapanese: |
| 10536 | /* Each Apple Japanese font is entered into the font table |
| 10537 | twice: once as a jisx0208.1983-sjis font and once as a |
| 10538 | jisx0201.1976-0 font. The latter can be used to display |
| 10539 | the ascii charset and katakana-jisx0201 charset. A |
| 10540 | negative script code signals that the name of this latter |
| 10541 | font is being built. */ |
| 10542 | strcpy(cs, "jisx0201.1976-0"); |
| 10543 | break; |
| 10544 | case smKorean: |
| 10545 | strcpy(cs, "ksc5601.1989-0"); |
| 10546 | break; |
| 10547 | default: |
| 10548 | strcpy(cs, "mac-roman"); |
| 10549 | break; |
| 10550 | } |
| 10551 | } |
| 10552 | |
| 10553 | sprintf(xf, "-%s-%s-%s-%c-normal--%d-%d-75-75-m-%d-%s", |
| 10554 | foundry, family, style & bold ? "bold" : "medium", |
| 10555 | style & italic ? 'i' : 'r', size, size * 10, size * 10, cs); |
| 10556 | |
| 10557 | result = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (xf) + 1); |
| 10558 | strcpy (result, xf); |
| 10559 | for (p = result; *p; p++) |
| 10560 | *p = tolower(*p); |
| 10561 | return result; |
| 10562 | } |
| 10563 | |
| 10564 | |
| 10565 | /* Convert an X font spec to the corresponding mac font name, which |
| 10566 | can then be passed to GetFNum after conversion to a Pascal string. |
| 10567 | For ordinary Mac fonts, this should just be their names, like |
| 10568 | "monaco", "Taipei", etc. Fonts converted from the GNU intlfonts |
| 10569 | collection contain their charset designation in their names, like |
| 10570 | "ETL-Fixed-iso8859-1", "ETL-Fixed-koi8-r", etc. Both types of font |
| 10571 | names are handled accordingly. */ |
| 10572 | static void |
| 10573 | x_font_name_to_mac_font_name (char *xf, char *mf) |
| 10574 | { |
| 10575 | char foundry[32], family[32], weight[20], slant[2], cs[32]; |
| 10576 | |
| 10577 | strcpy (mf, ""); |
| 10578 | |
| 10579 | if (sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s", |
| 10580 | foundry, family, weight, slant, cs) != 5 && |
| 10581 | sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%31[^-]-%19[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s", |
| 10582 | foundry, family, weight, slant, cs) != 5) |
| 10583 | return; |
| 10584 | |
| 10585 | if (strcmp (cs, "big5-0") == 0 || strcmp (cs, "gb2312.1980-0") == 0 |
| 10586 | || strcmp (cs, "jisx0208.1983-sjis") == 0 |
| 10587 | || strcmp (cs, "jisx0201.1976-0") == 0 |
| 10588 | || strcmp (cs, "ksc5601.1989-0") == 0 || strcmp (cs, "mac-roman") == 0) |
| 10589 | strcpy(mf, family); |
| 10590 | else |
| 10591 | sprintf(mf, "%s-%s-%s", foundry, family, cs); |
| 10592 | } |
| 10593 | |
| 10594 | |
| 10595 | static void |
| 10596 | add_font_name_table_entry (char *font_name) |
| 10597 | { |
| 10598 | if (font_name_table_size == 0) |
| 10599 | { |
| 10600 | font_name_table_size = 16; |
| 10601 | font_name_table = (char **) |
| 10602 | xmalloc (font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *)); |
| 10603 | } |
| 10604 | else if (font_name_count + 1 >= font_name_table_size) |
| 10605 | { |
| 10606 | font_name_table_size += 16; |
| 10607 | font_name_table = (char **) |
| 10608 | xrealloc (font_name_table, |
| 10609 | font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *)); |
| 10610 | } |
| 10611 | |
| 10612 | font_name_table[font_name_count++] = font_name; |
| 10613 | } |
| 10614 | |
| 10615 | /* Sets up the table font_name_table to contain the list of all fonts |
| 10616 | in the system the first time the table is used so that the Resource |
| 10617 | Manager need not be accessed every time this information is |
| 10618 | needed. */ |
| 10619 | |
| 10620 | static void |
| 10621 | init_font_name_table () |
| 10622 | { |
| 10623 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 10624 | SInt32 sv; |
| 10625 | |
| 10626 | if (Gestalt (gestaltSystemVersion, &sv) == noErr && sv >= 0x1000) |
| 10627 | { |
| 10628 | FMFontFamilyIterator ffi; |
| 10629 | FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator ffii; |
| 10630 | FMFontFamily ff; |
| 10631 | |
| 10632 | /* Create a dummy instance iterator here to avoid creating and |
| 10633 | destroying it in the loop. */ |
| 10634 | if (FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator (0, &ffii) != noErr) |
| 10635 | return; |
| 10636 | /* Create an iterator to enumerate the font families. */ |
| 10637 | if (FMCreateFontFamilyIterator (NULL, NULL, kFMDefaultOptions, &ffi) |
| 10638 | != noErr) |
| 10639 | { |
| 10640 | FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii); |
| 10641 | return; |
| 10642 | } |
| 10643 | |
| 10644 | while (FMGetNextFontFamily (&ffi, &ff) == noErr) |
| 10645 | { |
| 10646 | Str255 name; |
| 10647 | FMFont font; |
| 10648 | FMFontStyle style; |
| 10649 | FMFontSize size; |
| 10650 | SInt16 sc; |
| 10651 | |
| 10652 | if (FMGetFontFamilyName (ff, name) != noErr) |
| 10653 | break; |
| 10654 | p2cstr (name); |
| 10655 | |
| 10656 | sc = FontToScript (ff); |
| 10657 | |
| 10658 | /* Point the instance iterator at the current font family. */ |
| 10659 | if (FMResetFontFamilyInstanceIterator(ff, &ffii) != noErr) |
| 10660 | break; |
| 10661 | |
| 10662 | while (FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance (&ffii, &font, &style, &size) |
| 10663 | == noErr) |
| 10664 | if (size == 0) |
| 10665 | { |
| 10666 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10667 | style, sc)); |
| 10668 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10669 | italic, sc)); |
| 10670 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10671 | bold, sc)); |
| 10672 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10673 | italic | bold, |
| 10674 | sc)); |
| 10675 | } |
| 10676 | else |
| 10677 | { |
| 10678 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10679 | style, sc)); |
| 10680 | if (smJapanese == sc) |
| 10681 | add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, |
| 10682 | style, |
| 10683 | -smJapanese)); |
| 10684 | } |
| 10685 | } |
| 10686 | |
| 10687 | /* Dispose of the iterators. */ |
| 10688 | FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator (&ffi); |
| 10689 | FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii); |
| 10690 | } |
| 10691 | else |
| 10692 | { |
| 10693 | #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 10694 | GrafPtr port; |
| 10695 | SInt16 fontnum, old_fontnum; |
| 10696 | int num_mac_fonts = CountResources('FOND'); |
| 10697 | int i, j; |
| 10698 | Handle font_handle, font_handle_2; |
| 10699 | short id, scriptcode; |
| 10700 | ResType type; |
| 10701 | Str32 name; |
| 10702 | struct FontAssoc *fat; |
| 10703 | struct AsscEntry *assc_entry; |
| 10704 | |
| 10705 | GetPort (&port); /* save the current font number used */ |
| 10706 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 10707 | old_fontnum = GetPortTextFont (port); |
| 10708 | #else |
| 10709 | old_fontnum = port->txFont; |
| 10710 | #endif |
| 10711 | |
| 10712 | for (i = 1; i <= num_mac_fonts; i++) /* get all available fonts */ |
| 10713 | { |
| 10714 | font_handle = GetIndResource ('FOND', i); |
| 10715 | if (!font_handle) |
| 10716 | continue; |
| 10717 | |
| 10718 | GetResInfo (font_handle, &id, &type, name); |
| 10719 | GetFNum (name, &fontnum); |
| 10720 | p2cstr (name); |
| 10721 | if (fontnum == 0) |
| 10722 | continue; |
| 10723 | |
| 10724 | TextFont (fontnum); |
| 10725 | scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum); |
| 10726 | do |
| 10727 | { |
| 10728 | HLock (font_handle); |
| 10729 | |
| 10730 | if (GetResourceSizeOnDisk (font_handle) |
| 10731 | >= sizeof (struct FamRec)) |
| 10732 | { |
| 10733 | fat = (struct FontAssoc *) (*font_handle |
| 10734 | + sizeof (struct FamRec)); |
| 10735 | assc_entry |
| 10736 | = (struct AsscEntry *) (*font_handle |
| 10737 | + sizeof (struct FamRec) |
| 10738 | + sizeof (struct FontAssoc)); |
| 10739 | |
| 10740 | for (j = 0; j <= fat->numAssoc; j++, assc_entry++) |
| 10741 | { |
| 10742 | if (font_name_table_size == 0) |
| 10743 | { |
| 10744 | font_name_table_size = 16; |
| 10745 | font_name_table = (char **) |
| 10746 | xmalloc (font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *)); |
| 10747 | } |
| 10748 | else if (font_name_count >= font_name_table_size) |
| 10749 | { |
| 10750 | font_name_table_size += 16; |
| 10751 | font_name_table = (char **) |
| 10752 | xrealloc (font_name_table, |
| 10753 | font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *)); |
| 10754 | } |
| 10755 | font_name_table[font_name_count++] |
| 10756 | = mac_to_x_fontname (name, |
| 10757 | assc_entry->fontSize, |
| 10758 | assc_entry->fontStyle, |
| 10759 | scriptcode); |
| 10760 | /* Both jisx0208.1983-sjis and |
| 10761 | jisx0201.1976-sjis parts are contained in |
| 10762 | Apple Japanese (SJIS) font. */ |
| 10763 | if (smJapanese == scriptcode) |
| 10764 | { |
| 10765 | font_name_table[font_name_count++] |
| 10766 | = mac_to_x_fontname (name, |
| 10767 | assc_entry->fontSize, |
| 10768 | assc_entry->fontStyle, |
| 10769 | -smJapanese); |
| 10770 | } |
| 10771 | } |
| 10772 | } |
| 10773 | |
| 10774 | HUnlock (font_handle); |
| 10775 | font_handle_2 = GetNextFOND (font_handle); |
| 10776 | ReleaseResource (font_handle); |
| 10777 | font_handle = font_handle_2; |
| 10778 | } |
| 10779 | while (ResError () == noErr && font_handle); |
| 10780 | } |
| 10781 | |
| 10782 | TextFont (old_fontnum); |
| 10783 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 10784 | } |
| 10785 | #endif /* TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 10786 | } |
| 10787 | |
| 10788 | |
| 10789 | /* Return a list of at most MAXNAMES font specs matching the one in |
| 10790 | PATTERN. Cache matching fonts for patterns in |
| 10791 | dpyinfo->name_list_element to avoid looking them up again by |
| 10792 | calling mac_font_pattern_match (slow). */ |
| 10793 | |
| 10794 | Lisp_Object |
| 10795 | x_list_fonts (struct frame *f, |
| 10796 | Lisp_Object pattern, |
| 10797 | int size, |
| 10798 | int maxnames) |
| 10799 | { |
| 10800 | char *ptnstr; |
| 10801 | Lisp_Object newlist = Qnil, tem, key; |
| 10802 | int n_fonts = 0; |
| 10803 | int i; |
| 10804 | struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
| 10805 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = f ? FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : NULL; |
| 10806 | |
| 10807 | if (font_name_table == NULL) /* Initialize when first used. */ |
| 10808 | init_font_name_table (); |
| 10809 | |
| 10810 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 10811 | { |
| 10812 | tem = XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element); |
| 10813 | key = Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)); |
| 10814 | |
| 10815 | newlist = Fassoc (key, tem); |
| 10816 | if (!NILP (newlist)) |
| 10817 | { |
| 10818 | newlist = Fcdr_safe (newlist); |
| 10819 | goto label_cached; |
| 10820 | } |
| 10821 | } |
| 10822 | |
| 10823 | ptnstr = SDATA (pattern); |
| 10824 | |
| 10825 | GCPRO2 (pattern, newlist); |
| 10826 | |
| 10827 | /* Scan and matching bitmap fonts. */ |
| 10828 | for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++) |
| 10829 | { |
| 10830 | if (mac_font_pattern_match (font_name_table[i], ptnstr)) |
| 10831 | { |
| 10832 | newlist = Fcons (build_string (font_name_table[i]), newlist); |
| 10833 | |
| 10834 | n_fonts++; |
| 10835 | if (n_fonts >= maxnames) |
| 10836 | break; |
| 10837 | } |
| 10838 | } |
| 10839 | |
| 10840 | /* MAC_TODO: add code for matching outline fonts here */ |
| 10841 | |
| 10842 | UNGCPRO; |
| 10843 | |
| 10844 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 10845 | { |
| 10846 | XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element, |
| 10847 | Fcons (Fcons (key, newlist), |
| 10848 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element))); |
| 10849 | } |
| 10850 | label_cached: |
| 10851 | |
| 10852 | return newlist; |
| 10853 | } |
| 10854 | |
| 10855 | |
| 10856 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 10857 | |
| 10858 | /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's |
| 10859 | font table. */ |
| 10860 | |
| 10861 | static void |
| 10862 | x_check_font (f, font) |
| 10863 | struct frame *f; |
| 10864 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 10865 | { |
| 10866 | int i; |
| 10867 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10868 | |
| 10869 | xassert (font != NULL); |
| 10870 | |
| 10871 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 10872 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 10873 | && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) |
| 10874 | break; |
| 10875 | |
| 10876 | xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); |
| 10877 | } |
| 10878 | |
| 10879 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ |
| 10880 | |
| 10881 | /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. |
| 10882 | Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct |
| 10883 | min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that |
| 10884 | "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts |
| 10885 | have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ |
| 10886 | |
| 10887 | static INLINE void |
| 10888 | x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) |
| 10889 | MacFontStruct *font; |
| 10890 | int *w, *h; |
| 10891 | { |
| 10892 | /* |
| 10893 | * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only |
| 10894 | * average and maximum width, and maximum height. |
| 10895 | */ |
| 10896 | *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 10897 | *w = FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 10898 | } |
| 10899 | |
| 10900 | |
| 10901 | /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over |
| 10902 | all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width |
| 10903 | and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to |
| 10904 | the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or |
| 10905 | smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ |
| 10906 | |
| 10907 | int |
| 10908 | x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) |
| 10909 | struct frame *f; |
| 10910 | { |
| 10911 | int i; |
| 10912 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10913 | MacFontStruct *font; |
| 10914 | int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; |
| 10915 | int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; |
| 10916 | |
| 10917 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; |
| 10918 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; |
| 10919 | |
| 10920 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 10921 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) |
| 10922 | { |
| 10923 | struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 10924 | int w, h; |
| 10925 | |
| 10926 | font = (MacFontStruct *) fontp->font; |
| 10927 | xassert (font != (MacFontStruct *) ~0); |
| 10928 | x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); |
| 10929 | |
| 10930 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); |
| 10931 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); |
| 10932 | } |
| 10933 | |
| 10934 | xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 |
| 10935 | && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); |
| 10936 | |
| 10937 | return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 |
| 10938 | || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width |
| 10939 | || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); |
| 10940 | } |
| 10941 | |
| 10942 | |
| 10943 | /* Determine whether given string is a fully-specified XLFD: all 14 |
| 10944 | fields are present, none is '*'. */ |
| 10945 | |
| 10946 | static int |
| 10947 | is_fully_specified_xlfd (char *p) |
| 10948 | { |
| 10949 | int i; |
| 10950 | char *q; |
| 10951 | |
| 10952 | if (*p != '-') |
| 10953 | return 0; |
| 10954 | |
| 10955 | for (i = 0; i < 13; i++) |
| 10956 | { |
| 10957 | q = strchr (p + 1, '-'); |
| 10958 | if (q == NULL) |
| 10959 | return 0; |
| 10960 | if (q - p == 2 && *(p + 1) == '*') |
| 10961 | return 0; |
| 10962 | p = q; |
| 10963 | } |
| 10964 | |
| 10965 | if (strchr (p + 1, '-') != NULL) |
| 10966 | return 0; |
| 10967 | |
| 10968 | if (*(p + 1) == '*' && *(p + 2) == '\0') |
| 10969 | return 0; |
| 10970 | |
| 10971 | return 1; |
| 10972 | } |
| 10973 | |
| 10974 | |
| 10975 | const int kDefaultFontSize = 9; |
| 10976 | |
| 10977 | |
| 10978 | /* XLoadQueryFont creates and returns an internal representation for a |
| 10979 | font in a MacFontStruct struct. There is really no concept |
| 10980 | corresponding to "loading" a font on the Mac. But we check its |
| 10981 | existence and find the font number and all other information for it |
| 10982 | and store them in the returned MacFontStruct. */ |
| 10983 | |
| 10984 | static MacFontStruct * |
| 10985 | XLoadQueryFont (Display *dpy, char *fontname) |
| 10986 | { |
| 10987 | int i, size, is_two_byte_font, char_width; |
| 10988 | char *name; |
| 10989 | GrafPtr port; |
| 10990 | SInt16 old_fontnum, old_fontsize; |
| 10991 | Style old_fontface; |
| 10992 | Str32 mfontname; |
| 10993 | SInt16 fontnum; |
| 10994 | Style fontface = normal; |
| 10995 | MacFontStruct *font; |
| 10996 | FontInfo the_fontinfo; |
| 10997 | char s_weight[7], c_slant; |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | if (is_fully_specified_xlfd (fontname)) |
| 11000 | name = fontname; |
| 11001 | else |
| 11002 | { |
| 11003 | for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++) |
| 11004 | if (mac_font_pattern_match (font_name_table[i], fontname)) |
| 11005 | break; |
| 11006 | |
| 11007 | if (i >= font_name_count) |
| 11008 | return NULL; |
| 11009 | |
| 11010 | name = font_name_table[i]; |
| 11011 | } |
| 11012 | |
| 11013 | GetPort (&port); /* save the current font number used */ |
| 11014 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 11015 | old_fontnum = GetPortTextFont (port); |
| 11016 | old_fontsize = GetPortTextSize (port); |
| 11017 | old_fontface = GetPortTextFace (port); |
| 11018 | #else |
| 11019 | old_fontnum = port->txFont; |
| 11020 | old_fontsize = port->txSize; |
| 11021 | old_fontface = port->txFace; |
| 11022 | #endif |
| 11023 | |
| 11024 | if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%d-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", &size) != 1) |
| 11025 | size = kDefaultFontSize; |
| 11026 | |
| 11027 | if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%6[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", s_weight) == 1) |
| 11028 | if (strcmp (s_weight, "bold") == 0) |
| 11029 | fontface |= bold; |
| 11030 | |
| 11031 | if (sscanf (name, "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%*s", &c_slant) == 1) |
| 11032 | if (c_slant == 'i') |
| 11033 | fontface |= italic; |
| 11034 | |
| 11035 | x_font_name_to_mac_font_name (name, mfontname); |
| 11036 | c2pstr (mfontname); |
| 11037 | GetFNum (mfontname, &fontnum); |
| 11038 | if (fontnum == 0) |
| 11039 | return NULL; |
| 11040 | |
| 11041 | font = (MacFontStruct *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct MacFontStruct)); |
| 11042 | |
| 11043 | font->fontname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); |
| 11044 | bcopy (name, font->fontname, strlen (name) + 1); |
| 11045 | |
| 11046 | font->mac_fontnum = fontnum; |
| 11047 | font->mac_fontsize = size; |
| 11048 | font->mac_fontface = fontface; |
| 11049 | font->mac_scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum); |
| 11050 | |
| 11051 | /* Apple Japanese (SJIS) font is listed as both |
| 11052 | "*-jisx0208.1983-sjis" (Japanese script) and "*-jisx0201.1976-0" |
| 11053 | (Roman script) in init_font_name_table (). The latter should be |
| 11054 | treated as a one-byte font. */ |
| 11055 | { |
| 11056 | char cs[32]; |
| 11057 | |
| 11058 | if (sscanf (name, |
| 11059 | "-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]--%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%*[^-]-%31s", |
| 11060 | cs) == 1 |
| 11061 | && 0 == strcmp (cs, "jisx0201.1976-0")) |
| 11062 | font->mac_scriptcode = smRoman; |
| 11063 | } |
| 11064 | |
| 11065 | is_two_byte_font = font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese || |
| 11066 | font->mac_scriptcode == smTradChinese || |
| 11067 | font->mac_scriptcode == smSimpChinese || |
| 11068 | font->mac_scriptcode == smKorean; |
| 11069 | |
| 11070 | TextFont (fontnum); |
| 11071 | TextSize (size); |
| 11072 | TextFace (fontface); |
| 11073 | |
| 11074 | GetFontInfo (&the_fontinfo); |
| 11075 | |
| 11076 | font->ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent; |
| 11077 | font->descent = the_fontinfo.descent; |
| 11078 | |
| 11079 | font->min_byte1 = 0; |
| 11080 | if (is_two_byte_font) |
| 11081 | font->max_byte1 = 1; |
| 11082 | else |
| 11083 | font->max_byte1 = 0; |
| 11084 | font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0x20; |
| 11085 | font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xff; |
| 11086 | |
| 11087 | if (is_two_byte_font) |
| 11088 | { |
| 11089 | /* Use the width of an "ideographic space" of that font because |
| 11090 | the_fontinfo.widMax returns the wrong width for some fonts. */ |
| 11091 | switch (font->mac_scriptcode) |
| 11092 | { |
| 11093 | case smJapanese: |
| 11094 | char_width = StringWidth("\p\x81\x40"); |
| 11095 | break; |
| 11096 | case smTradChinese: |
| 11097 | char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\x40"); |
| 11098 | break; |
| 11099 | case smSimpChinese: |
| 11100 | char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1"); |
| 11101 | break; |
| 11102 | case smKorean: |
| 11103 | char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1"); |
| 11104 | break; |
| 11105 | } |
| 11106 | } |
| 11107 | else |
| 11108 | /* Do this instead of use the_fontinfo.widMax, which incorrectly |
| 11109 | returns 15 for 12-point Monaco! */ |
| 11110 | char_width = CharWidth ('m'); |
| 11111 | |
| 11112 | font->max_bounds.rbearing = char_width; |
| 11113 | font->max_bounds.lbearing = 0; |
| 11114 | font->max_bounds.width = char_width; |
| 11115 | font->max_bounds.ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent; |
| 11116 | font->max_bounds.descent = the_fontinfo.descent; |
| 11117 | |
| 11118 | font->min_bounds = font->max_bounds; |
| 11119 | |
| 11120 | if (is_two_byte_font || CharWidth ('m') == CharWidth ('i')) |
| 11121 | font->per_char = NULL; |
| 11122 | else |
| 11123 | { |
| 11124 | font->per_char = (XCharStruct *) |
| 11125 | xmalloc (sizeof (XCharStruct) * (0xff - 0x20 + 1)); |
| 11126 | { |
| 11127 | int c; |
| 11128 | |
| 11129 | for (c = 0x20; c <= 0xff; c++) |
| 11130 | { |
| 11131 | font->per_char[c - 0x20] = font->max_bounds; |
| 11132 | font->per_char[c - 0x20].width = CharWidth (c); |
| 11133 | } |
| 11134 | } |
| 11135 | } |
| 11136 | |
| 11137 | TextFont (old_fontnum); /* restore previous font number, size and face */ |
| 11138 | TextSize (old_fontsize); |
| 11139 | TextFace (old_fontface); |
| 11140 | |
| 11141 | return font; |
| 11142 | } |
| 11143 | |
| 11144 | |
| 11145 | /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a |
| 11146 | pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically. |
| 11147 | If SIZE is 0, load any size of font. |
| 11148 | If loading is failed, return NULL. */ |
| 11149 | |
| 11150 | struct font_info * |
| 11151 | x_load_font (f, fontname, size) |
| 11152 | struct frame *f; |
| 11153 | register char *fontname; |
| 11154 | int size; |
| 11155 | { |
| 11156 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 11157 | Lisp_Object font_names; |
| 11158 | |
| 11159 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we |
| 11160 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts |
| 11161 | we already have by comparing names. */ |
| 11162 | font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1); |
| 11163 | |
| 11164 | if (!NILP (font_names)) |
| 11165 | { |
| 11166 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 11167 | int i; |
| 11168 | |
| 11169 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 11170 | for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 11171 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 11172 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, |
| 11173 | SDATA (XCAR (tail))) |
| 11174 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, |
| 11175 | SDATA (XCAR (tail))))) |
| 11176 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 11177 | } |
| 11178 | |
| 11179 | /* Load the font and add it to the table. */ |
| 11180 | { |
| 11181 | char *full_name; |
| 11182 | struct MacFontStruct *font; |
| 11183 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 11184 | unsigned long value; |
| 11185 | int i; |
| 11186 | |
| 11187 | /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If |
| 11188 | not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME |
| 11189 | because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has |
| 11190 | a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and |
| 11191 | is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 11192 | if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names)) |
| 11193 | fontname = (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names)); |
| 11194 | |
| 11195 | font = (MacFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), fontname); |
| 11196 | if (!font) |
| 11197 | return NULL; |
| 11198 | |
| 11199 | /* Find a free slot in the font table. */ |
| 11200 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 11201 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL) |
| 11202 | break; |
| 11203 | |
| 11204 | /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */ |
| 11205 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts |
| 11206 | && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size) |
| 11207 | { |
| 11208 | int sz; |
| 11209 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size); |
| 11210 | sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table; |
| 11211 | dpyinfo->font_table |
| 11212 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz); |
| 11213 | } |
| 11214 | |
| 11215 | fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 11216 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts) |
| 11217 | ++dpyinfo->n_fonts; |
| 11218 | |
| 11219 | /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */ |
| 11220 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11221 | fontp->font = font; |
| 11222 | fontp->font_idx = i; |
| 11223 | fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (font->fontname) + 1); |
| 11224 | bcopy (font->fontname, fontp->name, strlen (font->fontname) + 1); |
| 11225 | |
| 11226 | fontp->full_name = fontp->name; |
| 11227 | |
| 11228 | fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width; |
| 11229 | fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 11230 | { |
| 11231 | /* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is |
| 11232 | larger than the above value. */ |
| 11233 | int max_height = font->max_bounds.ascent + font->max_bounds.descent; |
| 11234 | if (max_height > fontp->height) |
| 11235 | fontp->height = max_height; |
| 11236 | } |
| 11237 | |
| 11238 | /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character |
| 11239 | code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to |
| 11240 | the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or |
| 11241 | (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, |
| 11242 | 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset |
| 11243 | uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1] |
| 11244 | which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be |
| 11245 | decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */ |
| 11246 | if (font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese) |
| 11247 | fontp->encoding[1] = 4; |
| 11248 | else |
| 11249 | { |
| 11250 | fontp->encoding[1] |
| 11251 | = (font->max_byte1 == 0 |
| 11252 | /* 1-byte font */ |
| 11253 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11254 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11255 | ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */ |
| 11256 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */ |
| 11257 | : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */ |
| 11258 | /* 2-byte font */ |
| 11259 | : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 11260 | ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 11261 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11262 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11263 | ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */ |
| 11264 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */ |
| 11265 | : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */ |
| 11266 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */ |
| 11267 | : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11268 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 11269 | ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */ |
| 11270 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */ |
| 11271 | : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */ |
| 11272 | } |
| 11273 | |
| 11274 | #if 0 /* MAC_TODO: fill these out with more reasonably values */ |
| 11275 | fontp->baseline_offset |
| 11276 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value) |
| 11277 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 11278 | fontp->relative_compose |
| 11279 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value) |
| 11280 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 11281 | fontp->default_ascent |
| 11282 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value) |
| 11283 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 11284 | #else |
| 11285 | fontp->baseline_offset = 0; |
| 11286 | fontp->relative_compose = 0; |
| 11287 | fontp->default_ascent = 0; |
| 11288 | #endif |
| 11289 | |
| 11290 | /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded |
| 11291 | has a character with a smaller width than any other character |
| 11292 | before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any |
| 11293 | other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a |
| 11294 | glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */ |
| 11295 | fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f); |
| 11296 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 11297 | return fontp; |
| 11298 | } |
| 11299 | } |
| 11300 | |
| 11301 | |
| 11302 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for |
| 11303 | frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */ |
| 11304 | |
| 11305 | struct font_info * |
| 11306 | x_query_font (f, fontname) |
| 11307 | struct frame *f; |
| 11308 | register char *fontname; |
| 11309 | { |
| 11310 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 11311 | int i; |
| 11312 | |
| 11313 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 11314 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 11315 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname) |
| 11316 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))) |
| 11317 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 11318 | return NULL; |
| 11319 | } |
| 11320 | |
| 11321 | |
| 11322 | /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member |
| 11323 | `encoder' of the structure. */ |
| 11324 | |
| 11325 | void |
| 11326 | x_find_ccl_program (fontp) |
| 11327 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 11328 | { |
| 11329 | Lisp_Object list, elt; |
| 11330 | |
| 11331 | for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) |
| 11332 | { |
| 11333 | elt = XCAR (list); |
| 11334 | if (CONSP (elt) |
| 11335 | && STRINGP (XCAR (elt)) |
| 11336 | && (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name) |
| 11337 | >= 0)) |
| 11338 | break; |
| 11339 | } |
| 11340 | if (! NILP (list)) |
| 11341 | { |
| 11342 | struct ccl_program *ccl |
| 11343 | = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program)); |
| 11344 | |
| 11345 | if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0) |
| 11346 | xfree (ccl); |
| 11347 | else |
| 11348 | fontp->font_encoder = ccl; |
| 11349 | } |
| 11350 | } |
| 11351 | |
| 11352 | |
| 11353 | \f |
| 11354 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 11355 | Initialization |
| 11356 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 11357 | |
| 11358 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 11359 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { |
| 11360 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 11361 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, |
| 11362 | |
| 11363 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", |
| 11364 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 11365 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 11366 | |
| 11367 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11368 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11369 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11370 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11371 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11372 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 11373 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} |
| 11374 | }; |
| 11375 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 11376 | |
| 11377 | static int x_initialized; |
| 11378 | |
| 11379 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 11380 | /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates |
| 11381 | the screen number from the server number. */ |
| 11382 | static int |
| 11383 | same_x_server (name1, name2) |
| 11384 | char *name1, *name2; |
| 11385 | { |
| 11386 | int seen_colon = 0; |
| 11387 | unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name); |
| 11388 | int system_name_length = strlen (system_name); |
| 11389 | int length_until_period = 0; |
| 11390 | |
| 11391 | while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 |
| 11392 | && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') |
| 11393 | length_until_period++; |
| 11394 | |
| 11395 | /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ |
| 11396 | if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) |
| 11397 | name1 += 4; |
| 11398 | if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) |
| 11399 | name2 += 4; |
| 11400 | /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ |
| 11401 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 11402 | && name1[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 11403 | name1 += system_name_length; |
| 11404 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 11405 | && name2[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 11406 | name2 += system_name_length; |
| 11407 | /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ |
| 11408 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 11409 | && name1[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 11410 | name1 += length_until_period; |
| 11411 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 11412 | && name2[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 11413 | name2 += length_until_period; |
| 11414 | |
| 11415 | for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) |
| 11416 | { |
| 11417 | if (*name1 == ':') |
| 11418 | seen_colon++; |
| 11419 | if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') |
| 11420 | return 1; |
| 11421 | } |
| 11422 | return (seen_colon |
| 11423 | && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') |
| 11424 | && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); |
| 11425 | } |
| 11426 | #endif |
| 11427 | |
| 11428 | |
| 11429 | /* The Mac Event loop code */ |
| 11430 | |
| 11431 | #ifndef MAC_OSX |
| 11432 | #include <Events.h> |
| 11433 | #include <Quickdraw.h> |
| 11434 | #include <Balloons.h> |
| 11435 | #include <Devices.h> |
| 11436 | #include <Fonts.h> |
| 11437 | #include <Gestalt.h> |
| 11438 | #include <Menus.h> |
| 11439 | #include <Processes.h> |
| 11440 | #include <Sound.h> |
| 11441 | #include <ToolUtils.h> |
| 11442 | #include <TextUtils.h> |
| 11443 | #include <Dialogs.h> |
| 11444 | #include <Script.h> |
| 11445 | #include <Types.h> |
| 11446 | #include <TextEncodingConverter.h> |
| 11447 | #include <Resources.h> |
| 11448 | |
| 11449 | #if __MWERKS__ |
| 11450 | #include <unix.h> |
| 11451 | #endif |
| 11452 | #endif /* ! MAC_OSX */ |
| 11453 | |
| 11454 | #define M_APPLE 128 |
| 11455 | #define I_ABOUT 1 |
| 11456 | |
| 11457 | #define WINDOW_RESOURCE 128 |
| 11458 | #define TERM_WINDOW_RESOURCE 129 |
| 11459 | |
| 11460 | #define DEFAULT_NUM_COLS 80 |
| 11461 | |
| 11462 | #define MIN_DOC_SIZE 64 |
| 11463 | #define MAX_DOC_SIZE 32767 |
| 11464 | |
| 11465 | /* sleep time for WaitNextEvent */ |
| 11466 | #define WNE_SLEEP_AT_SUSPEND 10 |
| 11467 | #define WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME 1 |
| 11468 | |
| 11469 | /* true when cannot handle any Mac OS events */ |
| 11470 | static int handling_window_update = 0; |
| 11471 | |
| 11472 | /* the flag appl_is_suspended is used both for determining the sleep |
| 11473 | time to be passed to WaitNextEvent and whether the cursor should be |
| 11474 | drawn when updating the display. The cursor is turned off when |
| 11475 | Emacs is suspended. Redrawing it is unnecessary and what needs to |
| 11476 | be done depends on whether the cursor lies inside or outside the |
| 11477 | redraw region. So we might as well skip drawing it when Emacs is |
| 11478 | suspended. */ |
| 11479 | static Boolean app_is_suspended = false; |
| 11480 | static long app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME; |
| 11481 | |
| 11482 | #define EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC (256 * 1024) |
| 11483 | |
| 11484 | #define ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID 129 |
| 11485 | #define ABOUT_ALERT_ID 128 |
| 11486 | #define RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID 129 |
| 11487 | |
| 11488 | Boolean terminate_flag = false; |
| 11489 | |
| 11490 | /* True if using command key as meta key. */ |
| 11491 | Lisp_Object Vmac_command_key_is_meta; |
| 11492 | |
| 11493 | /* True if the ctrl and meta keys should be reversed. */ |
| 11494 | Lisp_Object Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta; |
| 11495 | |
| 11496 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 11497 | /* True if the mouse wheel button (i.e. button 4) should map to |
| 11498 | mouse-2, instead of mouse-3. */ |
| 11499 | Lisp_Object Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2; |
| 11500 | |
| 11501 | /* If Non-nil, the Mac "Command" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox |
| 11502 | for processing before Emacs sees it. */ |
| 11503 | Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_command_to_system; |
| 11504 | |
| 11505 | /* If Non-nil, the Mac "Control" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox |
| 11506 | for processing before Emacs sees it. */ |
| 11507 | Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_control_to_system; |
| 11508 | #endif |
| 11509 | |
| 11510 | /* convert input from Mac keyboard (assumed to be in Mac Roman coding) |
| 11511 | to this text encoding */ |
| 11512 | int mac_keyboard_text_encoding; |
| 11513 | int current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman; |
| 11514 | |
| 11515 | /* Set in term/mac-win.el to indicate that event loop can now generate |
| 11516 | drag and drop events. */ |
| 11517 | Lisp_Object Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop; |
| 11518 | |
| 11519 | Lisp_Object drag_and_drop_file_list; |
| 11520 | |
| 11521 | Point saved_menu_event_location; |
| 11522 | |
| 11523 | /* Apple Events */ |
| 11524 | static void init_required_apple_events (void); |
| 11525 | static pascal OSErr |
| 11526 | do_ae_open_application (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long); |
| 11527 | static pascal OSErr |
| 11528 | do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long); |
| 11529 | static pascal OSErr do_ae_open_documents (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long); |
| 11530 | static pascal OSErr do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long); |
| 11531 | |
| 11532 | /* Drag and Drop */ |
| 11533 | static OSErr init_mac_drag_n_drop (); |
| 11534 | static pascal OSErr mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr, void*, DragReference); |
| 11535 | |
| 11536 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 11537 | /* Preliminary Support for the OSX Services Menu */ |
| 11538 | static OSStatus mac_handle_service_event (EventHandlerCallRef,EventRef,void*); |
| 11539 | static void init_service_handler (); |
| 11540 | #endif |
| 11541 | |
| 11542 | extern void init_emacs_passwd_dir (); |
| 11543 | extern int emacs_main (int, char **, char **); |
| 11544 | extern void check_alarm (); |
| 11545 | |
| 11546 | extern void initialize_applescript(); |
| 11547 | extern void terminate_applescript(); |
| 11548 | |
| 11549 | static unsigned int |
| 11550 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 11551 | mac_to_emacs_modifiers (UInt32 mods) |
| 11552 | #else |
| 11553 | mac_to_emacs_modifiers (EventModifiers mods) |
| 11554 | #endif |
| 11555 | { |
| 11556 | unsigned int result = 0; |
| 11557 | if (mods & macShiftKey) |
| 11558 | result |= shift_modifier; |
| 11559 | if (mods & macCtrlKey) |
| 11560 | result |= ctrl_modifier; |
| 11561 | if (mods & macMetaKey) |
| 11562 | result |= meta_modifier; |
| 11563 | if (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) && (mods & macAltKey)) |
| 11564 | result |= alt_modifier; |
| 11565 | return result; |
| 11566 | } |
| 11567 | |
| 11568 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 11569 | /* Obtains the event modifiers from the event ref and then calls |
| 11570 | mac_to_emacs_modifiers. */ |
| 11571 | static int |
| 11572 | mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (EventRef eventRef) |
| 11573 | { |
| 11574 | UInt32 mods = 0; |
| 11575 | GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32, NULL, |
| 11576 | sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods); |
| 11577 | return mac_to_emacs_modifiers (mods); |
| 11578 | } |
| 11579 | |
| 11580 | /* Given an event ref, return the code to use for the mouse button |
| 11581 | code in the emacs input_event. */ |
| 11582 | static int |
| 11583 | mac_get_mouse_btn (EventRef ref) |
| 11584 | { |
| 11585 | EventMouseButton result = kEventMouseButtonPrimary; |
| 11586 | GetEventParameter (ref, kEventParamMouseButton, typeMouseButton, NULL, |
| 11587 | sizeof (EventMouseButton), NULL, &result); |
| 11588 | switch (result) |
| 11589 | { |
| 11590 | case kEventMouseButtonPrimary: |
| 11591 | return 0; |
| 11592 | case kEventMouseButtonSecondary: |
| 11593 | return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 1 : 2; |
| 11594 | case kEventMouseButtonTertiary: |
| 11595 | case 4: /* 4 is the number for the mouse wheel button */ |
| 11596 | return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 2 : 1; |
| 11597 | default: |
| 11598 | return 0; |
| 11599 | } |
| 11600 | } |
| 11601 | |
| 11602 | /* Normally, ConvertEventRefToEventRecord will correctly handle all |
| 11603 | events. However the click of the mouse wheel is not converted to a |
| 11604 | mouseDown or mouseUp event. This calls ConvertEventRef, but then |
| 11605 | checks to see if it is a mouse up or down carbon event that has not |
| 11606 | been converted, and if so, converts it by hand (to be picked up in |
| 11607 | the XTread_socket loop). */ |
| 11608 | static Boolean mac_convert_event_ref (EventRef eventRef, EventRecord *eventRec) |
| 11609 | { |
| 11610 | Boolean result = ConvertEventRefToEventRecord (eventRef, eventRec); |
| 11611 | /* Do special case for mouse wheel button. */ |
| 11612 | if (!result && GetEventClass (eventRef) == kEventClassMouse) |
| 11613 | { |
| 11614 | UInt32 kind = GetEventKind (eventRef); |
| 11615 | if (kind == kEventMouseDown && !(eventRec->what == mouseDown)) |
| 11616 | { |
| 11617 | eventRec->what = mouseDown; |
| 11618 | result=1; |
| 11619 | } |
| 11620 | if (kind == kEventMouseUp && !(eventRec->what == mouseUp)) |
| 11621 | { |
| 11622 | eventRec->what = mouseUp; |
| 11623 | result=1; |
| 11624 | } |
| 11625 | if (result) |
| 11626 | { |
| 11627 | /* Need where and when. */ |
| 11628 | UInt32 mods; |
| 11629 | GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamMouseLocation, |
| 11630 | typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof (Point), |
| 11631 | NULL, &eventRec->where); |
| 11632 | /* Use two step process because new event modifiers are |
| 11633 | 32-bit and old are 16-bit. Currently, only loss is |
| 11634 | NumLock & Fn. */ |
| 11635 | GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, |
| 11636 | typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof (UInt32), |
| 11637 | NULL, &mods); |
| 11638 | eventRec->modifiers = mods; |
| 11639 | |
| 11640 | eventRec->when = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (eventRef)); |
| 11641 | } |
| 11642 | } |
| 11643 | return result; |
| 11644 | } |
| 11645 | |
| 11646 | #endif |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | static void |
| 11649 | do_get_menus (void) |
| 11650 | { |
| 11651 | Handle menubar_handle; |
| 11652 | MenuHandle menu_handle; |
| 11653 | |
| 11654 | menubar_handle = GetNewMBar (128); |
| 11655 | if(menubar_handle == NULL) |
| 11656 | abort (); |
| 11657 | SetMenuBar (menubar_handle); |
| 11658 | DrawMenuBar (); |
| 11659 | |
| 11660 | menu_handle = GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE); |
| 11661 | if(menu_handle != NULL) |
| 11662 | AppendResMenu (menu_handle,'DRVR'); |
| 11663 | else |
| 11664 | abort (); |
| 11665 | } |
| 11666 | |
| 11667 | |
| 11668 | static void |
| 11669 | do_init_managers (void) |
| 11670 | { |
| 11671 | #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 11672 | InitGraf (&qd.thePort); |
| 11673 | InitFonts (); |
| 11674 | FlushEvents (everyEvent, 0); |
| 11675 | InitWindows (); |
| 11676 | InitMenus (); |
| 11677 | TEInit (); |
| 11678 | InitDialogs (NULL); |
| 11679 | #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 11680 | InitCursor (); |
| 11681 | |
| 11682 | #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 11683 | /* set up some extra stack space for use by emacs */ |
| 11684 | SetApplLimit ((Ptr) ((long) GetApplLimit () - EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC)); |
| 11685 | |
| 11686 | /* MaxApplZone must be called for AppleScript to execute more |
| 11687 | complicated scripts */ |
| 11688 | MaxApplZone (); |
| 11689 | MoreMasters (); |
| 11690 | #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 11691 | } |
| 11692 | |
| 11693 | static void |
| 11694 | do_check_ram_size (void) |
| 11695 | { |
| 11696 | SInt32 physical_ram_size, logical_ram_size; |
| 11697 | |
| 11698 | if (Gestalt (gestaltPhysicalRAMSize, &physical_ram_size) != noErr |
| 11699 | || Gestalt (gestaltLogicalRAMSize, &logical_ram_size) != noErr |
| 11700 | || physical_ram_size > 256 * 1024 * 1024 |
| 11701 | || logical_ram_size > 256 * 1024 * 1024) |
| 11702 | { |
| 11703 | StopAlert (RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID, NULL); |
| 11704 | exit (1); |
| 11705 | } |
| 11706 | } |
| 11707 | |
| 11708 | static void |
| 11709 | do_window_update (WindowPtr win) |
| 11710 | { |
| 11711 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win); |
| 11712 | struct frame *f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11713 | |
| 11714 | if (f) |
| 11715 | { |
| 11716 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 11717 | { |
| 11718 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 11719 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 11720 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 11721 | |
| 11722 | /* An update event is equivalent to MapNotify on X, so report |
| 11723 | visibility changes properly. */ |
| 11724 | if (! NILP(Vframe_list) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 11725 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the |
| 11726 | frame titles in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 11727 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 11728 | } |
| 11729 | else |
| 11730 | { |
| 11731 | BeginUpdate (win); |
| 11732 | handling_window_update = 1; |
| 11733 | |
| 11734 | XClearWindow (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)); |
| 11735 | |
| 11736 | expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 11737 | |
| 11738 | handling_window_update = 0; |
| 11739 | EndUpdate (win); |
| 11740 | } |
| 11741 | } |
| 11742 | } |
| 11743 | |
| 11744 | static int |
| 11745 | is_emacs_window (WindowPtr win) |
| 11746 | { |
| 11747 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 11748 | |
| 11749 | if (!win) |
| 11750 | return 0; |
| 11751 | |
| 11752 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 11753 | if (FRAME_MAC_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
| 11754 | if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)) == win) |
| 11755 | return 1; |
| 11756 | |
| 11757 | return 0; |
| 11758 | } |
| 11759 | |
| 11760 | static void |
| 11761 | do_window_activate (WindowPtr win) |
| 11762 | { |
| 11763 | mac_output *mwp; |
| 11764 | struct frame *f; |
| 11765 | |
| 11766 | if (is_emacs_window (win)) |
| 11767 | { |
| 11768 | mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win); |
| 11769 | f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11770 | |
| 11771 | if (f) |
| 11772 | { |
| 11773 | x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), f); |
| 11774 | activate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 11775 | } |
| 11776 | } |
| 11777 | } |
| 11778 | |
| 11779 | static void |
| 11780 | do_window_deactivate (WindowPtr win) |
| 11781 | { |
| 11782 | mac_output *mwp; |
| 11783 | struct frame *f; |
| 11784 | |
| 11785 | if (is_emacs_window (win)) |
| 11786 | { |
| 11787 | mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (win); |
| 11788 | f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11789 | |
| 11790 | if (f == FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame) |
| 11791 | { |
| 11792 | x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 0); |
| 11793 | deactivate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 11794 | } |
| 11795 | } |
| 11796 | } |
| 11797 | |
| 11798 | static void |
| 11799 | do_app_resume () |
| 11800 | { |
| 11801 | WindowPtr wp; |
| 11802 | mac_output *mwp; |
| 11803 | struct frame *f; |
| 11804 | |
| 11805 | wp = FrontWindow(); |
| 11806 | if (is_emacs_window (wp)) |
| 11807 | { |
| 11808 | mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp); |
| 11809 | f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11810 | |
| 11811 | if (f) |
| 11812 | { |
| 11813 | x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), f); |
| 11814 | activate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 11815 | } |
| 11816 | } |
| 11817 | |
| 11818 | app_is_suspended = false; |
| 11819 | app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_RESUME; |
| 11820 | } |
| 11821 | |
| 11822 | static void |
| 11823 | do_app_suspend () |
| 11824 | { |
| 11825 | WindowPtr wp; |
| 11826 | mac_output *mwp; |
| 11827 | struct frame *f; |
| 11828 | |
| 11829 | wp = FrontWindow(); |
| 11830 | if (is_emacs_window (wp)) |
| 11831 | { |
| 11832 | mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp); |
| 11833 | f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11834 | |
| 11835 | if (f == FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame) |
| 11836 | { |
| 11837 | x_new_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 0); |
| 11838 | deactivate_scroll_bars (f); |
| 11839 | } |
| 11840 | } |
| 11841 | |
| 11842 | app_is_suspended = true; |
| 11843 | app_sleep_time = WNE_SLEEP_AT_SUSPEND; |
| 11844 | } |
| 11845 | |
| 11846 | |
| 11847 | static void |
| 11848 | do_mouse_moved (Point mouse_pos) |
| 11849 | { |
| 11850 | WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow (); |
| 11851 | struct frame *f; |
| 11852 | |
| 11853 | if (is_emacs_window (wp)) |
| 11854 | { |
| 11855 | f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 11856 | |
| 11857 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 11858 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp)); |
| 11859 | #else |
| 11860 | SetPort (wp); |
| 11861 | #endif |
| 11862 | |
| 11863 | GlobalToLocal (&mouse_pos); |
| 11864 | |
| 11865 | note_mouse_movement (f, &mouse_pos); |
| 11866 | } |
| 11867 | } |
| 11868 | |
| 11869 | |
| 11870 | static void |
| 11871 | do_os_event (EventRecord *erp) |
| 11872 | { |
| 11873 | switch((erp->message >> 24) & 0x000000FF) |
| 11874 | { |
| 11875 | case suspendResumeMessage: |
| 11876 | if((erp->message & resumeFlag) == 1) |
| 11877 | do_app_resume (); |
| 11878 | else |
| 11879 | do_app_suspend (); |
| 11880 | break; |
| 11881 | |
| 11882 | case mouseMovedMessage: |
| 11883 | do_mouse_moved (erp->where); |
| 11884 | break; |
| 11885 | } |
| 11886 | } |
| 11887 | |
| 11888 | static void |
| 11889 | do_events (EventRecord *erp) |
| 11890 | { |
| 11891 | switch (erp->what) |
| 11892 | { |
| 11893 | case updateEvt: |
| 11894 | do_window_update ((WindowPtr) erp->message); |
| 11895 | break; |
| 11896 | |
| 11897 | case osEvt: |
| 11898 | do_os_event (erp); |
| 11899 | break; |
| 11900 | |
| 11901 | case activateEvt: |
| 11902 | if ((erp->modifiers & activeFlag) != 0) |
| 11903 | do_window_activate ((WindowPtr) erp->message); |
| 11904 | else |
| 11905 | do_window_deactivate ((WindowPtr) erp->message); |
| 11906 | break; |
| 11907 | } |
| 11908 | } |
| 11909 | |
| 11910 | static void |
| 11911 | do_apple_menu (SInt16 menu_item) |
| 11912 | { |
| 11913 | #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 11914 | Str255 item_name; |
| 11915 | SInt16 da_driver_refnum; |
| 11916 | |
| 11917 | if (menu_item == I_ABOUT) |
| 11918 | NoteAlert (ABOUT_ALERT_ID, NULL); |
| 11919 | else |
| 11920 | { |
| 11921 | GetMenuItemText (GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE), menu_item, item_name); |
| 11922 | da_driver_refnum = OpenDeskAcc (item_name); |
| 11923 | } |
| 11924 | #endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 11925 | } |
| 11926 | |
| 11927 | void |
| 11928 | do_menu_choice (SInt32 menu_choice) |
| 11929 | { |
| 11930 | SInt16 menu_id, menu_item; |
| 11931 | |
| 11932 | menu_id = HiWord (menu_choice); |
| 11933 | menu_item = LoWord (menu_choice); |
| 11934 | |
| 11935 | if (menu_id == 0) |
| 11936 | return; |
| 11937 | |
| 11938 | switch (menu_id) |
| 11939 | { |
| 11940 | case M_APPLE: |
| 11941 | do_apple_menu (menu_item); |
| 11942 | break; |
| 11943 | |
| 11944 | default: |
| 11945 | { |
| 11946 | WindowPtr wp = FrontWindow (); |
| 11947 | struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 11948 | MenuHandle menu = GetMenuHandle (menu_id); |
| 11949 | if (menu) |
| 11950 | { |
| 11951 | UInt32 refcon; |
| 11952 | |
| 11953 | GetMenuItemRefCon (menu, menu_item, &refcon); |
| 11954 | menubar_selection_callback (f, refcon); |
| 11955 | } |
| 11956 | } |
| 11957 | } |
| 11958 | |
| 11959 | HiliteMenu (0); |
| 11960 | } |
| 11961 | |
| 11962 | |
| 11963 | /* Handle drags in size box. Based on code contributed by Ben |
| 11964 | Mesander and IM - Window Manager A. */ |
| 11965 | |
| 11966 | static void |
| 11967 | do_grow_window (WindowPtr w, EventRecord *e) |
| 11968 | { |
| 11969 | long grow_size; |
| 11970 | Rect limit_rect; |
| 11971 | int rows, columns; |
| 11972 | mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w); |
| 11973 | struct frame *f = mwp->mFP; |
| 11974 | |
| 11975 | SetRect(&limit_rect, MIN_DOC_SIZE, MIN_DOC_SIZE, MAX_DOC_SIZE, MAX_DOC_SIZE); |
| 11976 | |
| 11977 | grow_size = GrowWindow (w, e->where, &limit_rect); |
| 11978 | |
| 11979 | /* see if it really changed size */ |
| 11980 | if (grow_size != 0) |
| 11981 | { |
| 11982 | rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, HiWord (grow_size)); |
| 11983 | columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, LoWord (grow_size)); |
| 11984 | |
| 11985 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, columns, rows); |
| 11986 | } |
| 11987 | } |
| 11988 | |
| 11989 | |
| 11990 | /* Handle clicks in zoom box. Calculation of "standard state" based |
| 11991 | on code in IM - Window Manager A and code contributed by Ben |
| 11992 | Mesander. The standard state of an Emacs window is 80-characters |
| 11993 | wide (DEFAULT_NUM_COLS) and as tall as will fit on the screen. */ |
| 11994 | |
| 11995 | static void |
| 11996 | do_zoom_window (WindowPtr w, int zoom_in_or_out) |
| 11997 | { |
| 11998 | GrafPtr save_port; |
| 11999 | Rect zoom_rect, port_rect; |
| 12000 | Point top_left; |
| 12001 | int w_title_height, columns, rows, width, height, dummy, x, y; |
| 12002 | mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (w); |
| 12003 | struct frame *f = mwp->mFP; |
| 12004 | |
| 12005 | GetPort (&save_port); |
| 12006 | |
| 12007 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12008 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (w)); |
| 12009 | #else |
| 12010 | SetPort (w); |
| 12011 | #endif |
| 12012 | |
| 12013 | /* Clear window to avoid flicker. */ |
| 12014 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12015 | { |
| 12016 | Rect r; |
| 12017 | BitMap bm; |
| 12018 | |
| 12019 | GetWindowPortBounds (w, &r); |
| 12020 | EraseRect (&r); |
| 12021 | |
| 12022 | if (zoom_in_or_out == inZoomOut) |
| 12023 | { |
| 12024 | /* calculate height of window's title bar (hard card it for now). */ |
| 12025 | w_title_height = 20 + GetMBarHeight (); |
| 12026 | |
| 12027 | /* get maximum height of window into zoom_rect.bottom - |
| 12028 | zoom_rect.top */ |
| 12029 | GetQDGlobalsScreenBits (&bm); |
| 12030 | zoom_rect = bm.bounds; |
| 12031 | zoom_rect.top += w_title_height; |
| 12032 | InsetRect (&zoom_rect, 8, 4); /* not too tight */ |
| 12033 | |
| 12034 | zoom_rect.right = zoom_rect.left |
| 12035 | + CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS); |
| 12036 | |
| 12037 | SetWindowStandardState (w, &zoom_rect); |
| 12038 | } |
| 12039 | } |
| 12040 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 12041 | EraseRect (&(w->portRect)); |
| 12042 | if (zoom_in_or_out == inZoomOut) |
| 12043 | { |
| 12044 | SetPt (&top_left, w->portRect.left, w->portRect.top); |
| 12045 | LocalToGlobal (&top_left); |
| 12046 | |
| 12047 | /* calculate height of window's title bar */ |
| 12048 | w_title_height = top_left.v - 1 |
| 12049 | - (**((WindowPeek) w)->strucRgn).rgnBBox.top + GetMBarHeight (); |
| 12050 | |
| 12051 | /* get maximum height of window into zoom_rect.bottom - zoom_rect.top */ |
| 12052 | zoom_rect = qd.screenBits.bounds; |
| 12053 | zoom_rect.top += w_title_height; |
| 12054 | InsetRect (&zoom_rect, 8, 4); /* not too tight */ |
| 12055 | |
| 12056 | zoom_rect.right = zoom_rect.left |
| 12057 | + CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS); |
| 12058 | |
| 12059 | (**((WStateDataHandle) ((WindowPeek) w)->dataHandle)).stdState |
| 12060 | = zoom_rect; |
| 12061 | } |
| 12062 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 12063 | |
| 12064 | ZoomWindow (w, zoom_in_or_out, w == FrontWindow ()); |
| 12065 | |
| 12066 | /* retrieve window size and update application values */ |
| 12067 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12068 | GetWindowPortBounds (w, &port_rect); |
| 12069 | #else |
| 12070 | port_rect = w->portRect; |
| 12071 | #endif |
| 12072 | rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, port_rect.bottom - port_rect.top); |
| 12073 | columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, port_rect.right - port_rect.left); |
| 12074 | x_set_window_size (mwp->mFP, 0, columns, rows); |
| 12075 | |
| 12076 | SetPort (save_port); |
| 12077 | } |
| 12078 | |
| 12079 | /* Initialize Drag And Drop to allow files to be dropped onto emacs frames */ |
| 12080 | static OSErr |
| 12081 | init_mac_drag_n_drop () |
| 12082 | { |
| 12083 | OSErr result = InstallReceiveHandler (mac_do_receive_drag, 0L, NULL); |
| 12084 | return result; |
| 12085 | } |
| 12086 | |
| 12087 | /* Intialize AppleEvent dispatcher table for the required events. */ |
| 12088 | void |
| 12089 | init_required_apple_events () |
| 12090 | { |
| 12091 | OSErr err; |
| 12092 | long result; |
| 12093 | |
| 12094 | /* Make sure we have apple events before starting. */ |
| 12095 | err = Gestalt (gestaltAppleEventsAttr, &result); |
| 12096 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12097 | abort (); |
| 12098 | |
| 12099 | if (!(result & (1 << gestaltAppleEventsPresent))) |
| 12100 | abort (); |
| 12101 | |
| 12102 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12103 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, |
| 12104 | NewAEEventHandlerUPP |
| 12105 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application), |
| 12106 | 0L, false); |
| 12107 | #else |
| 12108 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, |
| 12109 | NewAEEventHandlerProc |
| 12110 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application), |
| 12111 | 0L, false); |
| 12112 | #endif |
| 12113 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12114 | abort (); |
| 12115 | |
| 12116 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12117 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, |
| 12118 | NewAEEventHandlerUPP |
| 12119 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents), |
| 12120 | 0L, false); |
| 12121 | #else |
| 12122 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, |
| 12123 | NewAEEventHandlerProc |
| 12124 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents), |
| 12125 | 0L, false); |
| 12126 | #endif |
| 12127 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12128 | abort (); |
| 12129 | |
| 12130 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12131 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, |
| 12132 | NewAEEventHandlerUPP |
| 12133 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents), |
| 12134 | 0L, false); |
| 12135 | #else |
| 12136 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, |
| 12137 | NewAEEventHandlerProc |
| 12138 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents), |
| 12139 | 0L, false); |
| 12140 | #endif |
| 12141 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12142 | abort (); |
| 12143 | |
| 12144 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12145 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, |
| 12146 | NewAEEventHandlerUPP |
| 12147 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application), |
| 12148 | 0L, false); |
| 12149 | #else |
| 12150 | err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, |
| 12151 | NewAEEventHandlerProc |
| 12152 | ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application), |
| 12153 | 0L, false); |
| 12154 | #endif |
| 12155 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12156 | abort (); |
| 12157 | } |
| 12158 | |
| 12159 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12160 | |
| 12161 | void |
| 12162 | init_service_handler () |
| 12163 | { |
| 12164 | EventTypeSpec specs[] = {{kEventClassService, kEventServiceGetTypes}, |
| 12165 | {kEventClassService, kEventServiceCopy}, |
| 12166 | {kEventClassService, kEventServicePaste}}; |
| 12167 | InstallApplicationEventHandler (NewEventHandlerUPP (mac_handle_service_event), |
| 12168 | 3, specs, NULL, NULL); |
| 12169 | } |
| 12170 | |
| 12171 | /* |
| 12172 | MAC_TODO: Check to see if this is called by AEProcessDesc... |
| 12173 | */ |
| 12174 | OSStatus |
| 12175 | mac_handle_service_event (EventHandlerCallRef callRef, |
| 12176 | EventRef event, void *data) |
| 12177 | { |
| 12178 | OSStatus err = noErr; |
| 12179 | switch (GetEventKind (event)) |
| 12180 | { |
| 12181 | case kEventServiceGetTypes: |
| 12182 | { |
| 12183 | CFMutableArrayRef copyTypes, pasteTypes; |
| 12184 | CFStringRef type; |
| 12185 | Boolean selection = true; |
| 12186 | /* |
| 12187 | GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamServicePasteTypes, |
| 12188 | typeCFMutableArrayRef, NULL, |
| 12189 | sizeof (CFMutableArrayRef), NULL, &pasteTypes); |
| 12190 | */ |
| 12191 | GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamServiceCopyTypes, |
| 12192 | typeCFMutableArrayRef, NULL, |
| 12193 | sizeof (CFMutableArrayRef), NULL, ©Types); |
| 12194 | type = CreateTypeStringWithOSType (kScrapFlavorTypeText); |
| 12195 | if (type) { |
| 12196 | CFArrayAppendValue (copyTypes, type); |
| 12197 | //CFArrayAppendValue (pasteTypes, type); |
| 12198 | CFRelease (type); |
| 12199 | } |
| 12200 | } |
| 12201 | case kEventServiceCopy: |
| 12202 | { |
| 12203 | ScrapRef currentScrap, specificScrap; |
| 12204 | char * buf = ""; |
| 12205 | Size byteCount = 0; |
| 12206 | |
| 12207 | GetCurrentScrap (¤tScrap); |
| 12208 | |
| 12209 | err = GetScrapFlavorSize (currentScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &byteCount); |
| 12210 | if (err == noErr) |
| 12211 | { |
| 12212 | void *buffer = xmalloc (byteCount); |
| 12213 | if (buffer != NULL) |
| 12214 | { |
| 12215 | GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamScrapRef, typeScrapRef, NULL, |
| 12216 | sizeof (ScrapRef), NULL, &specificScrap); |
| 12217 | |
| 12218 | err = GetScrapFlavorData (currentScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, |
| 12219 | &byteCount, buffer); |
| 12220 | if (err == noErr) |
| 12221 | PutScrapFlavor (specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, |
| 12222 | kScrapFlavorMaskNone, byteCount, buffer); |
| 12223 | xfree (buffer); |
| 12224 | } |
| 12225 | } |
| 12226 | err = noErr; |
| 12227 | } |
| 12228 | case kEventServicePaste: |
| 12229 | { |
| 12230 | /* |
| 12231 | // Get the current location |
| 12232 | Size byteCount; |
| 12233 | ScrapRef specificScrap; |
| 12234 | GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamScrapRef, typeScrapRef, NULL, |
| 12235 | sizeof(ScrapRef), NULL, &specificScrap); |
| 12236 | err = GetScrapFlavorSize(specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &byteCount); |
| 12237 | if (err == noErr) { |
| 12238 | void * buffer = xmalloc(byteCount); |
| 12239 | if (buffer != NULL ) { |
| 12240 | err = GetScrapFlavorData(specificScrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, |
| 12241 | &byteCount, buffer); |
| 12242 | if (err == noErr) { |
| 12243 | // Actually place in the buffer |
| 12244 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12245 | // Get the current "selection" string here |
| 12246 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12247 | } |
| 12248 | } |
| 12249 | xfree(buffer); |
| 12250 | } |
| 12251 | */ |
| 12252 | } |
| 12253 | } |
| 12254 | return err; |
| 12255 | } |
| 12256 | #endif |
| 12257 | |
| 12258 | /* Open Application Apple Event */ |
| 12259 | static pascal OSErr |
| 12260 | do_ae_open_application(const AppleEvent *pae, AppleEvent *preply, long prefcon) |
| 12261 | { |
| 12262 | return noErr; |
| 12263 | } |
| 12264 | |
| 12265 | |
| 12266 | /* Defined in mac.c. */ |
| 12267 | extern int |
| 12268 | path_from_vol_dir_name (char *, int, short, long, char *); |
| 12269 | |
| 12270 | |
| 12271 | /* Called when we receive an AppleEvent with an ID of |
| 12272 | "kAEOpenDocuments". This routine gets the direct parameter, |
| 12273 | extracts the FSSpecs in it, and puts their names on a list. */ |
| 12274 | static pascal OSErr |
| 12275 | do_ae_open_documents(AppleEvent *message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon) |
| 12276 | { |
| 12277 | OSErr err, err2; |
| 12278 | AEDesc the_desc; |
| 12279 | AEKeyword keyword; |
| 12280 | DescType actual_type; |
| 12281 | Size actual_size; |
| 12282 | |
| 12283 | err = AEGetParamDesc (message, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &the_desc); |
| 12284 | if (err != noErr) |
| 12285 | goto descriptor_error_exit; |
| 12286 | |
| 12287 | /* Check to see that we got all of the required parameters from the |
| 12288 | event descriptor. For an 'odoc' event this should just be the |
| 12289 | file list. */ |
| 12290 | err = AEGetAttributePtr(message, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard, |
| 12291 | &actual_type, (Ptr) &keyword, |
| 12292 | sizeof (keyword), &actual_size); |
| 12293 | /* No error means that we found some unused parameters. |
| 12294 | errAEDescNotFound means that there are no more parameters. If we |
| 12295 | get an error code other than that, flag it. */ |
| 12296 | if ((err == noErr) || (err != errAEDescNotFound)) |
| 12297 | { |
| 12298 | err = errAEEventNotHandled; |
| 12299 | goto error_exit; |
| 12300 | } |
| 12301 | err = noErr; |
| 12302 | |
| 12303 | /* Got all the parameters we need. Now, go through the direct |
| 12304 | object list and parse it up. */ |
| 12305 | { |
| 12306 | long num_files_to_open; |
| 12307 | |
| 12308 | err = AECountItems (&the_desc, &num_files_to_open); |
| 12309 | if (err == noErr) |
| 12310 | { |
| 12311 | int i; |
| 12312 | |
| 12313 | /* AE file list is one based so just use that for indexing here. */ |
| 12314 | for (i = 1; (err == noErr) && (i <= num_files_to_open); i++) |
| 12315 | { |
| 12316 | FSSpec fs; |
| 12317 | Str255 path_name, unix_path_name; |
| 12318 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 12319 | FSRef fref; |
| 12320 | #endif |
| 12321 | |
| 12322 | err = AEGetNthPtr(&the_desc, i, typeFSS, &keyword, &actual_type, |
| 12323 | (Ptr) &fs, sizeof (fs), &actual_size); |
| 12324 | if (err != noErr) break; |
| 12325 | |
| 12326 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 12327 | err = FSpMakeFSRef (&fs, &fref); |
| 12328 | if (err != noErr) break; |
| 12329 | |
| 12330 | if (FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, 255) == noErr) |
| 12331 | #else |
| 12332 | if (path_from_vol_dir_name (path_name, 255, fs.vRefNum, fs.parID, |
| 12333 | fs.name) && |
| 12334 | mac_to_posix_pathname (path_name, unix_path_name, 255)) |
| 12335 | #endif |
| 12336 | drag_and_drop_file_list = Fcons (build_string (unix_path_name), |
| 12337 | drag_and_drop_file_list); |
| 12338 | } |
| 12339 | } |
| 12340 | } |
| 12341 | |
| 12342 | error_exit: |
| 12343 | /* Nuke the coerced file list in any case */ |
| 12344 | err2 = AEDisposeDesc(&the_desc); |
| 12345 | |
| 12346 | descriptor_error_exit: |
| 12347 | /* InvalRect(&(gFrontMacWindowP->mWP->portRect)); */ |
| 12348 | return err; |
| 12349 | } |
| 12350 | |
| 12351 | |
| 12352 | static pascal OSErr |
| 12353 | mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr window, void *handlerRefCon, |
| 12354 | DragReference theDrag) |
| 12355 | { |
| 12356 | short items; |
| 12357 | short index; |
| 12358 | FlavorFlags theFlags; |
| 12359 | Point mouse; |
| 12360 | OSErr result; |
| 12361 | ItemReference theItem; |
| 12362 | HFSFlavor data; |
| 12363 | FSRef fref; |
| 12364 | Size size = sizeof (HFSFlavor); |
| 12365 | |
| 12366 | drag_and_drop_file_list = Qnil; |
| 12367 | GetDragMouse (theDrag, &mouse, 0L); |
| 12368 | CountDragItems (theDrag, &items); |
| 12369 | for (index = 1; index <= items; index++) |
| 12370 | { |
| 12371 | /* Only handle file references. */ |
| 12372 | GetDragItemReferenceNumber (theDrag, index, &theItem); |
| 12373 | result = GetFlavorFlags (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &theFlags); |
| 12374 | if (result == noErr) |
| 12375 | { |
| 12376 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 12377 | FSRef frref; |
| 12378 | #else |
| 12379 | Str255 path_name; |
| 12380 | #endif |
| 12381 | Str255 unix_path_name; |
| 12382 | GetFlavorData (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &data, &size, 0L); |
| 12383 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 12384 | /* Use Carbon routines, otherwise it converts the file name |
| 12385 | to /Macintosh HD/..., which is not correct. */ |
| 12386 | FSpMakeFSRef (&data.fileSpec, &fref); |
| 12387 | if (! FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, sizeof (unix_path_name))); |
| 12388 | #else |
| 12389 | if (path_from_vol_dir_name (path_name, 255, data.fileSpec.vRefNum, |
| 12390 | data.fileSpec.parID, data.fileSpec.name) && |
| 12391 | mac_to_posix_pathname (path_name, unix_path_name, 255)) |
| 12392 | #endif |
| 12393 | drag_and_drop_file_list = Fcons (build_string (unix_path_name), |
| 12394 | drag_and_drop_file_list); |
| 12395 | } |
| 12396 | else |
| 12397 | return; |
| 12398 | } |
| 12399 | /* If there are items in the list, construct an event and post it to |
| 12400 | the queue like an interrupt using kbd_buffer_store_event. */ |
| 12401 | if (!NILP (drag_and_drop_file_list)) |
| 12402 | { |
| 12403 | struct input_event event; |
| 12404 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 12405 | struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon(window))->mFP; |
| 12406 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (window)); |
| 12407 | GlobalToLocal (&mouse); |
| 12408 | |
| 12409 | event.kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT; |
| 12410 | event.code = 0; |
| 12411 | event.modifiers = 0; |
| 12412 | event.timestamp = TickCount () * (1000 / 60); |
| 12413 | XSETINT (event.x, mouse.h); |
| 12414 | XSETINT (event.y, mouse.v); |
| 12415 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 12416 | event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, drag_and_drop_file_list); |
| 12417 | event.arg = Qnil; |
| 12418 | /* Post to the interrupt queue */ |
| 12419 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
| 12420 | /* MAC_TODO: Mimic behavior of windows by switching contexts to Emacs */ |
| 12421 | { |
| 12422 | ProcessSerialNumber psn; |
| 12423 | GetCurrentProcess (&psn); |
| 12424 | SetFrontProcess (&psn); |
| 12425 | } |
| 12426 | } |
| 12427 | } |
| 12428 | |
| 12429 | |
| 12430 | /* Print Document Apple Event */ |
| 12431 | static pascal OSErr |
| 12432 | do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *pAE, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon) |
| 12433 | { |
| 12434 | return errAEEventNotHandled; |
| 12435 | } |
| 12436 | |
| 12437 | |
| 12438 | static pascal OSErr |
| 12439 | do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent* message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon) |
| 12440 | { |
| 12441 | /* FixMe: Do we need an unwind-protect or something here? And what |
| 12442 | do we do about unsaved files. Currently just forces quit rather |
| 12443 | than doing recursive callback to get user input. */ |
| 12444 | |
| 12445 | terminate_flag = true; |
| 12446 | |
| 12447 | /* Fkill_emacs doesn't return. We have to return. (TI) */ |
| 12448 | return noErr; |
| 12449 | } |
| 12450 | |
| 12451 | |
| 12452 | #if __profile__ |
| 12453 | void |
| 12454 | profiler_exit_proc () |
| 12455 | { |
| 12456 | ProfilerDump ("\pEmacs.prof"); |
| 12457 | ProfilerTerm (); |
| 12458 | } |
| 12459 | #endif |
| 12460 | |
| 12461 | /* These few functions implement Emacs as a normal Mac application |
| 12462 | (almost): set up the heap and the Toolbox, handle necessary |
| 12463 | system events plus a few simple menu events. They also set up |
| 12464 | Emacs's access to functions defined in the rest of this file. |
| 12465 | Emacs uses function hooks to perform all its terminal I/O. A |
| 12466 | complete list of these functions appear in termhooks.h. For what |
| 12467 | they do, read the comments there and see also w32term.c and |
| 12468 | xterm.c. What's noticeably missing here is the event loop, which |
| 12469 | is normally present in most Mac application. After performing the |
| 12470 | necessary Mac initializations, main passes off control to |
| 12471 | emacs_main (corresponding to main in emacs.c). Emacs_main calls |
| 12472 | mac_read_socket (defined further below) to read input. This is |
| 12473 | where WaitNextEvent is called to process Mac events. This is also |
| 12474 | where check_alarm in sysdep.c is called to simulate alarm signals. |
| 12475 | This makes the cursor jump back to its correct position after |
| 12476 | briefly jumping to that of the matching parenthesis, print useful |
| 12477 | hints and prompts in the minibuffer after the user stops typing for |
| 12478 | a wait, etc. */ |
| 12479 | |
| 12480 | #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12481 | #undef main |
| 12482 | int |
| 12483 | main (void) |
| 12484 | { |
| 12485 | #if __profile__ /* is the profiler on? */ |
| 12486 | if (ProfilerInit(collectDetailed, bestTimeBase, 5000, 200)) |
| 12487 | exit(1); |
| 12488 | #endif |
| 12489 | |
| 12490 | #if __MWERKS__ |
| 12491 | /* set creator and type for files created by MSL */ |
| 12492 | _fcreator = 'EMAx'; |
| 12493 | _ftype = 'TEXT'; |
| 12494 | #endif |
| 12495 | |
| 12496 | do_init_managers (); |
| 12497 | |
| 12498 | do_get_menus (); |
| 12499 | |
| 12500 | do_check_ram_size (); |
| 12501 | |
| 12502 | init_emacs_passwd_dir (); |
| 12503 | |
| 12504 | init_environ (); |
| 12505 | |
| 12506 | initialize_applescript (); |
| 12507 | |
| 12508 | init_required_apple_events (); |
| 12509 | |
| 12510 | { |
| 12511 | char **argv; |
| 12512 | int argc = 0; |
| 12513 | |
| 12514 | /* set up argv array from STR# resource */ |
| 12515 | get_string_list (&argv, ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID); |
| 12516 | while (argv[argc]) |
| 12517 | argc++; |
| 12518 | |
| 12519 | /* free up AppleScript resources on exit */ |
| 12520 | atexit (terminate_applescript); |
| 12521 | |
| 12522 | #if __profile__ /* is the profiler on? */ |
| 12523 | atexit (profiler_exit_proc); |
| 12524 | #endif |
| 12525 | |
| 12526 | /* 3rd param "envp" never used in emacs_main */ |
| 12527 | (void) emacs_main (argc, argv, 0); |
| 12528 | } |
| 12529 | |
| 12530 | /* Never reached - real exit in Fkill_emacs */ |
| 12531 | return 0; |
| 12532 | } |
| 12533 | #endif |
| 12534 | |
| 12535 | /* Table for translating Mac keycode to X keysym values. Contributed |
| 12536 | by Sudhir Shenoy. */ |
| 12537 | static unsigned char keycode_to_xkeysym_table[] = { |
| 12538 | /*0x00*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12539 | /*0x10*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12540 | /*0x20*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0d /*return*/, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12541 | |
| 12542 | /*0x30*/ 0x09 /*tab*/, 0 /*0x0020 space*/, 0, 0x08 /*backspace*/, |
| 12543 | /*0x34*/ 0, 0x1b /*escape*/, 0, 0, |
| 12544 | /*0x38*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12545 | /*0x3C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12546 | |
| 12547 | /*0x40*/ 0, 0xae /*kp-.*/, 0, 0xaa /*kp-**/, |
| 12548 | /*0x44*/ 0, 0xab /*kp-+*/, 0, 0x7f /*kp-clear*/, |
| 12549 | /*0x48*/ 0, 0, 0, 0xaf /*kp-/*/, |
| 12550 | /*0x4C*/ 0x8d /*kp-enter*/, 0, 0xad /*kp--*/, 0, |
| 12551 | |
| 12552 | /*0x50*/ 0, 0xbd /*kp-=*/, 0xb0 /*kp-0*/, 0xb1 /*kp-1*/, |
| 12553 | /*0x54*/ 0xb2 /*kp-2*/, 0xb3 /*kp-3*/, 0xb4 /*kp-4*/, 0xb5 /*kp-5*/, |
| 12554 | /*0x58*/ 0xb6 /*kp-6*/, 0xb7 /*kp-7*/, 0, 0xb8 /*kp-8*/, |
| 12555 | /*0x5C*/ 0xb9 /*kp-9*/, 0, 0, 0, |
| 12556 | |
| 12557 | /*0x60*/ 0xc2 /*f5*/, 0xc3 /*f6*/, 0xc4 /*f7*/, 0xc0 /*f3*/, |
| 12558 | /*0x64*/ 0xc5 /*f8*/, 0xc6 /*f9*/, 0, 0xc8 /*f11*/, |
| 12559 | /*0x68*/ 0, 0xca /*f13*/, 0, 0xcb /*f14*/, |
| 12560 | /*0x6C*/ 0, 0xc7 /*f10*/, 0, 0xc9 /*f12*/, |
| 12561 | |
| 12562 | /*0x70*/ 0, 0xcc /*f15*/, 0x9e /*insert (or 0x6a==help)*/, 0x95 /*home*/, |
| 12563 | /*0x74*/ 0x9a /*pgup*/, 0x9f /*delete*/, 0xc1 /*f4*/, 0x9c /*end*/, |
| 12564 | /*0x78*/ 0xbf /*f2*/, 0x9b /*pgdown*/, 0xbe /*f1*/, 0x51 /*left*/, |
| 12565 | /*0x7C*/ 0x53 /*right*/, 0x54 /*down*/, 0x52 /*up*/, 0 |
| 12566 | }; |
| 12567 | |
| 12568 | static int |
| 12569 | keycode_to_xkeysym (int keyCode, int *xKeySym) |
| 12570 | { |
| 12571 | *xKeySym = keycode_to_xkeysym_table [keyCode & 0x7f]; |
| 12572 | return *xKeySym != 0; |
| 12573 | } |
| 12574 | |
| 12575 | /* Emacs calls this whenever it wants to read an input event from the |
| 12576 | user. */ |
| 12577 | int |
| 12578 | XTread_socket (int sd, struct input_event *bufp, int numchars, int expected) |
| 12579 | { |
| 12580 | int count = 0; |
| 12581 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12582 | OSStatus rneResult; |
| 12583 | EventRef eventRef; |
| 12584 | EventMouseButton mouseBtn; |
| 12585 | #endif |
| 12586 | EventRecord er; |
| 12587 | int the_modifiers; |
| 12588 | EventMask event_mask; |
| 12589 | |
| 12590 | #if 0 |
| 12591 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 12592 | { |
| 12593 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 12594 | return -1; |
| 12595 | } |
| 12596 | #endif |
| 12597 | |
| 12598 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 12599 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12600 | |
| 12601 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 12602 | input_signal_count++; |
| 12603 | |
| 12604 | if (numchars <= 0) |
| 12605 | abort (); |
| 12606 | |
| 12607 | /* Don't poll for events to process (specifically updateEvt) if |
| 12608 | window update currently already in progress. A call to redisplay |
| 12609 | (in do_window_update) can be preempted by another call to |
| 12610 | redisplay, causing blank regions to be left on the screen and the |
| 12611 | cursor to be left at strange places. */ |
| 12612 | if (handling_window_update) |
| 12613 | { |
| 12614 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12615 | return 0; |
| 12616 | } |
| 12617 | |
| 12618 | if (terminate_flag) |
| 12619 | Fkill_emacs (make_number (1)); |
| 12620 | |
| 12621 | /* It is necessary to set this (additional) argument slot of an |
| 12622 | event to nil because keyboard.c protects incompletely processed |
| 12623 | event from being garbage collected by placing them in the |
| 12624 | kbd_buffer_gcpro vector. */ |
| 12625 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 12626 | |
| 12627 | event_mask = everyEvent; |
| 12628 | if (NILP (Fboundp (Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop))) |
| 12629 | event_mask -= highLevelEventMask; |
| 12630 | |
| 12631 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12632 | rneResult = ReceiveNextEvent (0, NULL, |
| 12633 | expected |
| 12634 | ? TicksToEventTime (app_sleep_time) |
| 12635 | : 0, |
| 12636 | kEventRemoveFromQueue, &eventRef); |
| 12637 | if (!rneResult) |
| 12638 | { |
| 12639 | /* Handle new events */ |
| 12640 | if (!mac_convert_event_ref (eventRef, &er)) |
| 12641 | switch (GetEventClass (eventRef)) |
| 12642 | { |
| 12643 | case kEventClassMouse: |
| 12644 | if (GetEventKind (eventRef) == kEventMouseWheelMoved) |
| 12645 | { |
| 12646 | SInt32 delta; |
| 12647 | Point point; |
| 12648 | WindowPtr window_ptr = FrontNonFloatingWindow (); |
| 12649 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr); |
| 12650 | if (!IsValidWindowPtr (window_ptr)) |
| 12651 | { |
| 12652 | SysBeep(1); |
| 12653 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12654 | return 0; |
| 12655 | } |
| 12656 | |
| 12657 | GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, |
| 12658 | typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof (SInt32), |
| 12659 | NULL, &delta); |
| 12660 | GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseLocation, |
| 12661 | typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof (Point), |
| 12662 | NULL, &point); |
| 12663 | bufp->kind = MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT; |
| 12664 | bufp->code = delta; |
| 12665 | bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers(eventRef); |
| 12666 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr)); |
| 12667 | GlobalToLocal (&point); |
| 12668 | XSETINT (bufp->x, point.h); |
| 12669 | XSETINT (bufp->y, point.v); |
| 12670 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP); |
| 12671 | bufp->timestamp = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (eventRef))*(1000/60); |
| 12672 | count++; |
| 12673 | } |
| 12674 | else |
| 12675 | SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ()); |
| 12676 | |
| 12677 | break; |
| 12678 | default: |
| 12679 | /* Send the event to the appropriate receiver. */ |
| 12680 | SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ()); |
| 12681 | } |
| 12682 | else |
| 12683 | #else |
| 12684 | if (WaitNextEvent (event_mask, &er, (expected ? app_sleep_time : 0L), NULL)) |
| 12685 | #endif /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */ |
| 12686 | switch (er.what) |
| 12687 | { |
| 12688 | case mouseDown: |
| 12689 | case mouseUp: |
| 12690 | { |
| 12691 | WindowPtr window_ptr = FrontWindow (); |
| 12692 | SInt16 part_code; |
| 12693 | |
| 12694 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12695 | /* This is needed to send mouse events like aqua window buttons |
| 12696 | to the correct handler. */ |
| 12697 | if (eventNotHandledErr != SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ())) { |
| 12698 | break; |
| 12699 | } |
| 12700 | |
| 12701 | if (!is_emacs_window(window_ptr)) |
| 12702 | break; |
| 12703 | #endif |
| 12704 | |
| 12705 | if (mouse_tracking_in_progress == mouse_tracking_scroll_bar |
| 12706 | && er.what == mouseUp) |
| 12707 | { |
| 12708 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr); |
| 12709 | Point mouse_loc = er.where; |
| 12710 | |
| 12711 | /* Convert to local coordinates of new window. */ |
| 12712 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12713 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr)); |
| 12714 | #else |
| 12715 | SetPort (window_ptr); |
| 12716 | #endif |
| 12717 | |
| 12718 | GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc); |
| 12719 | |
| 12720 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12721 | bufp->code = mac_get_mouse_btn (eventRef); |
| 12722 | #else |
| 12723 | bufp->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */ |
| 12724 | #endif |
| 12725 | bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 12726 | bufp->frame_or_window = tracked_scroll_bar->window; |
| 12727 | bufp->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 12728 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12729 | bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef); |
| 12730 | #else |
| 12731 | bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers); |
| 12732 | #endif |
| 12733 | bufp->modifiers |= up_modifier; |
| 12734 | bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); |
| 12735 | /* ticks to milliseconds */ |
| 12736 | |
| 12737 | XSETINT (bufp->x, tracked_scroll_bar->left + 2); |
| 12738 | XSETINT (bufp->y, mouse_loc.v - 24); |
| 12739 | tracked_scroll_bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 12740 | mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none; |
| 12741 | tracked_scroll_bar = NULL; |
| 12742 | count++; |
| 12743 | break; |
| 12744 | } |
| 12745 | |
| 12746 | part_code = FindWindow (er.where, &window_ptr); |
| 12747 | |
| 12748 | switch (part_code) |
| 12749 | { |
| 12750 | case inMenuBar: |
| 12751 | { |
| 12752 | struct frame *f = ((mac_output *) |
| 12753 | GetWRefCon (FrontWindow ()))->mFP; |
| 12754 | saved_menu_event_location = er.where; |
| 12755 | bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; |
| 12756 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 12757 | count++; |
| 12758 | } |
| 12759 | break; |
| 12760 | |
| 12761 | case inContent: |
| 12762 | if (window_ptr != FrontWindow ()) |
| 12763 | SelectWindow (window_ptr); |
| 12764 | else |
| 12765 | { |
| 12766 | SInt16 control_part_code; |
| 12767 | ControlHandle ch; |
| 12768 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output *) |
| 12769 | GetWRefCon (window_ptr); |
| 12770 | Point mouse_loc = er.where; |
| 12771 | |
| 12772 | /* convert to local coordinates of new window */ |
| 12773 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12774 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (window_ptr)); |
| 12775 | #else |
| 12776 | SetPort (window_ptr); |
| 12777 | #endif |
| 12778 | |
| 12779 | GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc); |
| 12780 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12781 | ch = FindControlUnderMouse (mouse_loc, window_ptr, |
| 12782 | &control_part_code); |
| 12783 | #else |
| 12784 | control_part_code = FindControl (mouse_loc, window_ptr, &ch); |
| 12785 | #endif |
| 12786 | |
| 12787 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12788 | bufp->code = mac_get_mouse_btn (eventRef); |
| 12789 | #else |
| 12790 | bufp->code = 0; /* only one mouse button */ |
| 12791 | #endif |
| 12792 | XSETINT (bufp->x, mouse_loc.h); |
| 12793 | XSETINT (bufp->y, mouse_loc.v); |
| 12794 | bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); |
| 12795 | /* ticks to milliseconds */ |
| 12796 | |
| 12797 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12798 | if (ch != 0) |
| 12799 | #else |
| 12800 | if (control_part_code != 0) |
| 12801 | #endif |
| 12802 | { |
| 12803 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) |
| 12804 | GetControlReference (ch); |
| 12805 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, control_part_code, &er, |
| 12806 | bufp); |
| 12807 | if (er.what == mouseDown |
| 12808 | && control_part_code == kControlIndicatorPart) |
| 12809 | { |
| 12810 | mouse_tracking_in_progress |
| 12811 | = mouse_tracking_scroll_bar; |
| 12812 | tracked_scroll_bar = bar; |
| 12813 | } |
| 12814 | else |
| 12815 | { |
| 12816 | mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none; |
| 12817 | tracked_scroll_bar = NULL; |
| 12818 | } |
| 12819 | } |
| 12820 | else |
| 12821 | { |
| 12822 | bufp->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 12823 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP); |
| 12824 | if (er.what == mouseDown) |
| 12825 | mouse_tracking_in_progress |
| 12826 | = mouse_tracking_mouse_movement; |
| 12827 | else |
| 12828 | mouse_tracking_in_progress = mouse_tracking_none; |
| 12829 | } |
| 12830 | |
| 12831 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12832 | bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef); |
| 12833 | #else |
| 12834 | bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers); |
| 12835 | #endif |
| 12836 | |
| 12837 | switch (er.what) |
| 12838 | { |
| 12839 | case mouseDown: |
| 12840 | bufp->modifiers |= down_modifier; |
| 12841 | break; |
| 12842 | case mouseUp: |
| 12843 | bufp->modifiers |= up_modifier; |
| 12844 | break; |
| 12845 | } |
| 12846 | |
| 12847 | count++; |
| 12848 | } |
| 12849 | break; |
| 12850 | |
| 12851 | case inDrag: |
| 12852 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 12853 | { |
| 12854 | BitMap bm; |
| 12855 | |
| 12856 | GetQDGlobalsScreenBits (&bm); |
| 12857 | DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, &bm.bounds); |
| 12858 | } |
| 12859 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 12860 | DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, &qd.screenBits.bounds); |
| 12861 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 12862 | break; |
| 12863 | |
| 12864 | case inGoAway: |
| 12865 | if (TrackGoAway (window_ptr, er.where)) |
| 12866 | { |
| 12867 | bufp->kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 12868 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, |
| 12869 | ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (window_ptr))->mFP); |
| 12870 | count++; |
| 12871 | } |
| 12872 | break; |
| 12873 | |
| 12874 | /* window resize handling added --ben */ |
| 12875 | case inGrow: |
| 12876 | do_grow_window(window_ptr, &er); |
| 12877 | break; |
| 12878 | |
| 12879 | /* window zoom handling added --ben */ |
| 12880 | case inZoomIn: |
| 12881 | case inZoomOut: |
| 12882 | if (TrackBox (window_ptr, er.where, part_code)) |
| 12883 | do_zoom_window (window_ptr, part_code); |
| 12884 | break; |
| 12885 | |
| 12886 | default: |
| 12887 | break; |
| 12888 | } |
| 12889 | } |
| 12890 | break; |
| 12891 | |
| 12892 | case updateEvt: |
| 12893 | case osEvt: |
| 12894 | case activateEvt: |
| 12895 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12896 | if (eventNotHandledErr == SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, GetEventDispatcherTarget ())) |
| 12897 | #endif |
| 12898 | do_events (&er); |
| 12899 | break; |
| 12900 | |
| 12901 | case keyDown: |
| 12902 | case autoKey: |
| 12903 | { |
| 12904 | int keycode = (er.message & keyCodeMask) >> 8; |
| 12905 | int xkeysym; |
| 12906 | |
| 12907 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 12908 | /* When using Carbon Events, we need to pass raw keyboard events |
| 12909 | to the TSM ourselves. If TSM handles it, it will pass back |
| 12910 | noErr, otherwise it will pass back "eventNotHandledErr" and |
| 12911 | we can process it normally. */ |
| 12912 | if ((!NILP (Vmac_pass_command_to_system) |
| 12913 | || !(er.modifiers & cmdKey)) |
| 12914 | && (!NILP (Vmac_pass_control_to_system) |
| 12915 | || !(er.modifiers & controlKey))) |
| 12916 | { |
| 12917 | OSStatus err; |
| 12918 | err = SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, |
| 12919 | GetEventDispatcherTarget ()); |
| 12920 | if (err != eventNotHandledErr) |
| 12921 | break; |
| 12922 | } |
| 12923 | #endif |
| 12924 | |
| 12925 | if (!IsValidWindowPtr (FrontNonFloatingWindow ())) |
| 12926 | { |
| 12927 | SysBeep (1); |
| 12928 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 12929 | return 0; |
| 12930 | } |
| 12931 | |
| 12932 | ObscureCursor (); |
| 12933 | |
| 12934 | if (keycode_to_xkeysym (keycode, &xkeysym)) |
| 12935 | { |
| 12936 | bufp->code = 0xff00 | xkeysym; |
| 12937 | bufp->kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 12938 | } |
| 12939 | else |
| 12940 | { |
| 12941 | if (er.modifiers & (controlKey | |
| 12942 | (NILP (Vmac_command_key_is_meta) ? optionKey |
| 12943 | : cmdKey))) |
| 12944 | { |
| 12945 | /* This code comes from Keyboard Resource, Appendix |
| 12946 | C of IM - Text. This is necessary since shift is |
| 12947 | ignored in KCHR table translation when option or |
| 12948 | command is pressed. It also does not translate |
| 12949 | correctly control-shift chars like C-% so mask off |
| 12950 | shift here also */ |
| 12951 | int new_modifiers = er.modifiers & 0xe600; |
| 12952 | /* mask off option and command */ |
| 12953 | int new_keycode = keycode | new_modifiers; |
| 12954 | Ptr kchr_ptr = (Ptr) GetScriptManagerVariable (smKCHRCache); |
| 12955 | unsigned long some_state = 0; |
| 12956 | bufp->code = KeyTranslate (kchr_ptr, new_keycode, |
| 12957 | &some_state) & 0xff; |
| 12958 | } |
| 12959 | else |
| 12960 | bufp->code = er.message & charCodeMask; |
| 12961 | bufp->kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 12962 | } |
| 12963 | } |
| 12964 | |
| 12965 | /* If variable mac-convert-keyboard-input-to-latin-1 is non-nil, |
| 12966 | convert non-ASCII characters typed at the Mac keyboard |
| 12967 | (presumed to be in the Mac Roman encoding) to iso-latin-1 |
| 12968 | encoding before they are passed to Emacs. This enables the |
| 12969 | Mac keyboard to be used to enter non-ASCII iso-latin-1 |
| 12970 | characters directly. */ |
| 12971 | if (mac_keyboard_text_encoding != kTextEncodingMacRoman |
| 12972 | && bufp->kind == ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT && bufp->code >= 128) |
| 12973 | { |
| 12974 | static TECObjectRef converter = NULL; |
| 12975 | OSStatus the_err = noErr; |
| 12976 | OSStatus convert_status = noErr; |
| 12977 | |
| 12978 | if (converter == NULL) |
| 12979 | { |
| 12980 | the_err = TECCreateConverter (&converter, |
| 12981 | kTextEncodingMacRoman, |
| 12982 | mac_keyboard_text_encoding); |
| 12983 | current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding |
| 12984 | = mac_keyboard_text_encoding; |
| 12985 | } |
| 12986 | else if (mac_keyboard_text_encoding |
| 12987 | != current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding) |
| 12988 | { |
| 12989 | /* Free the converter for the current encoding before |
| 12990 | creating a new one. */ |
| 12991 | TECDisposeConverter (converter); |
| 12992 | the_err = TECCreateConverter (&converter, |
| 12993 | kTextEncodingMacRoman, |
| 12994 | mac_keyboard_text_encoding); |
| 12995 | current_mac_keyboard_text_encoding |
| 12996 | = mac_keyboard_text_encoding; |
| 12997 | } |
| 12998 | |
| 12999 | if (the_err == noErr) |
| 13000 | { |
| 13001 | unsigned char ch = bufp->code; |
| 13002 | ByteCount actual_input_length, actual_output_length; |
| 13003 | unsigned char outch; |
| 13004 | |
| 13005 | convert_status = TECConvertText (converter, &ch, 1, |
| 13006 | &actual_input_length, |
| 13007 | &outch, 1, |
| 13008 | &actual_output_length); |
| 13009 | if (convert_status == noErr |
| 13010 | && actual_input_length == 1 |
| 13011 | && actual_output_length == 1) |
| 13012 | bufp->code = outch; |
| 13013 | } |
| 13014 | } |
| 13015 | |
| 13016 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 13017 | bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef); |
| 13018 | #else |
| 13019 | bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers); |
| 13020 | #endif |
| 13021 | |
| 13022 | { |
| 13023 | mac_output *mwp |
| 13024 | = (mac_output *) GetWRefCon (FrontNonFloatingWindow ()); |
| 13025 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, mwp->mFP); |
| 13026 | } |
| 13027 | |
| 13028 | bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); /* ticks to milliseconds */ |
| 13029 | |
| 13030 | count++; |
| 13031 | break; |
| 13032 | |
| 13033 | case kHighLevelEvent: |
| 13034 | drag_and_drop_file_list = Qnil; |
| 13035 | |
| 13036 | AEProcessAppleEvent(&er); |
| 13037 | |
| 13038 | /* Build a DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT type event as is done in |
| 13039 | constuct_drag_n_drop in w32term.c. */ |
| 13040 | if (!NILP (drag_and_drop_file_list)) |
| 13041 | { |
| 13042 | struct frame *f = NULL; |
| 13043 | WindowPtr wp; |
| 13044 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 13045 | |
| 13046 | wp = FrontNonFloatingWindow (); |
| 13047 | |
| 13048 | if (!wp) |
| 13049 | { |
| 13050 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (XCAR (Vframe_list)); |
| 13051 | CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), false); |
| 13052 | wp = FrontNonFloatingWindow (); |
| 13053 | } |
| 13054 | |
| 13055 | if (wp && is_emacs_window(wp)) |
| 13056 | f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 13057 | |
| 13058 | bufp->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT; |
| 13059 | bufp->code = 0; |
| 13060 | bufp->timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); |
| 13061 | /* ticks to milliseconds */ |
| 13062 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 13063 | bufp->modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef); |
| 13064 | #else |
| 13065 | bufp->modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers); |
| 13066 | #endif |
| 13067 | |
| 13068 | XSETINT (bufp->x, 0); |
| 13069 | XSETINT (bufp->y, 0); |
| 13070 | |
| 13071 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 13072 | bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, drag_and_drop_file_list); |
| 13073 | |
| 13074 | /* Regardless of whether Emacs was suspended or in the |
| 13075 | foreground, ask it to redraw its entire screen. |
| 13076 | Otherwise parts of the screen can be left in an |
| 13077 | inconsistent state. */ |
| 13078 | if (wp) |
| 13079 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13080 | { |
| 13081 | Rect r; |
| 13082 | |
| 13083 | GetWindowPortBounds (wp, &r); |
| 13084 | InvalWindowRect (wp, &r); |
| 13085 | } |
| 13086 | #else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 13087 | InvalRect (&(wp->portRect)); |
| 13088 | #endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */ |
| 13089 | |
| 13090 | count++; |
| 13091 | } |
| 13092 | default: |
| 13093 | break; |
| 13094 | } |
| 13095 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 13096 | ReleaseEvent (eventRef); |
| 13097 | } |
| 13098 | #endif |
| 13099 | |
| 13100 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
| 13101 | raise it now. */ |
| 13102 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 13103 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 13104 | { |
| 13105 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 13106 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 13107 | } |
| 13108 | |
| 13109 | #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13110 | check_alarm (); /* simulate the handling of a SIGALRM */ |
| 13111 | #endif |
| 13112 | |
| 13113 | { |
| 13114 | static Point old_mouse_pos = { -1, -1 }; |
| 13115 | |
| 13116 | if (app_is_suspended) |
| 13117 | { |
| 13118 | old_mouse_pos.h = -1; |
| 13119 | old_mouse_pos.v = -1; |
| 13120 | } |
| 13121 | else |
| 13122 | { |
| 13123 | Point mouse_pos; |
| 13124 | WindowPtr wp; |
| 13125 | struct frame *f; |
| 13126 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 13127 | struct scroll_bar *sb; |
| 13128 | |
| 13129 | wp = FrontWindow (); |
| 13130 | if (is_emacs_window (wp)) |
| 13131 | { |
| 13132 | f = ((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP; |
| 13133 | |
| 13134 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13135 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (wp)); |
| 13136 | #else |
| 13137 | SetPort (wp); |
| 13138 | #endif |
| 13139 | |
| 13140 | GetMouse (&mouse_pos); |
| 13141 | |
| 13142 | if (!EqualPt (mouse_pos, old_mouse_pos)) |
| 13143 | { |
| 13144 | if (mouse_tracking_in_progress == mouse_tracking_scroll_bar |
| 13145 | && tracked_scroll_bar) |
| 13146 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (tracked_scroll_bar, |
| 13147 | mouse_pos.v |
| 13148 | - XINT (tracked_scroll_bar->top), |
| 13149 | TickCount() * (1000 / 60)); |
| 13150 | else |
| 13151 | note_mouse_movement (f, &mouse_pos); |
| 13152 | |
| 13153 | old_mouse_pos = mouse_pos; |
| 13154 | } |
| 13155 | } |
| 13156 | } |
| 13157 | } |
| 13158 | |
| 13159 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 13160 | |
| 13161 | return count; |
| 13162 | } |
| 13163 | |
| 13164 | |
| 13165 | /* Need to override CodeWarrior's input function so no conversion is |
| 13166 | done on newlines Otherwise compiled functions in .elc files will be |
| 13167 | read incorrectly. Defined in ...:MSL C:MSL |
| 13168 | Common:Source:buffer_io.c. */ |
| 13169 | #ifdef __MWERKS__ |
| 13170 | void |
| 13171 | __convert_to_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n) |
| 13172 | { |
| 13173 | #pragma unused(p,n) |
| 13174 | } |
| 13175 | |
| 13176 | void |
| 13177 | __convert_from_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n) |
| 13178 | { |
| 13179 | #pragma unused(p,n) |
| 13180 | } |
| 13181 | #endif |
| 13182 | |
| 13183 | |
| 13184 | /* Initialize the struct pointed to by MW to represent a new COLS x |
| 13185 | ROWS Macintosh window, using font with name FONTNAME and size |
| 13186 | FONTSIZE. */ |
| 13187 | void |
| 13188 | NewMacWindow (FRAME_PTR fp) |
| 13189 | { |
| 13190 | mac_output *mwp; |
| 13191 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13192 | static int making_terminal_window = 0; |
| 13193 | #else |
| 13194 | static int making_terminal_window = 1; |
| 13195 | #endif |
| 13196 | |
| 13197 | mwp = fp->output_data.mac; |
| 13198 | |
| 13199 | if (making_terminal_window) |
| 13200 | { |
| 13201 | if (!(mwp->mWP = GetNewCWindow (TERM_WINDOW_RESOURCE, NULL, |
| 13202 | (WindowPtr) -1))) |
| 13203 | abort (); |
| 13204 | making_terminal_window = 0; |
| 13205 | } |
| 13206 | else |
| 13207 | if (!(mwp->mWP = GetNewCWindow (WINDOW_RESOURCE, NULL, (WindowPtr) -1))) |
| 13208 | abort (); |
| 13209 | |
| 13210 | SetWRefCon (mwp->mWP, (long) mwp); |
| 13211 | /* so that update events can find this mac_output struct */ |
| 13212 | mwp->mFP = fp; /* point back to emacs frame */ |
| 13213 | |
| 13214 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13215 | SetPort (GetWindowPort (mwp->mWP)); |
| 13216 | #else |
| 13217 | SetPort (mwp->mWP); |
| 13218 | #endif |
| 13219 | |
| 13220 | mwp->fontset = -1; |
| 13221 | |
| 13222 | SizeWindow (mwp->mWP, mwp->pixel_width, mwp->pixel_height, false); |
| 13223 | ShowWindow (mwp->mWP); |
| 13224 | |
| 13225 | } |
| 13226 | |
| 13227 | |
| 13228 | void |
| 13229 | make_mac_frame (struct frame *f) |
| 13230 | { |
| 13231 | FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (f) = 1; |
| 13232 | FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f) = vertical_scroll_bar_right; |
| 13233 | |
| 13234 | FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) = FILLED_BOX_CURSOR; |
| 13235 | |
| 13236 | NewMacWindow(f); |
| 13237 | |
| 13238 | f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel = 0; |
| 13239 | f->output_data.mac->border_pixel = 0x00ff00; |
| 13240 | f->output_data.mac->mouse_pixel = 0xff00ff; |
| 13241 | f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel = 0x0000ff; |
| 13242 | |
| 13243 | f->output_data.mac->fontset = -1; |
| 13244 | f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel = -1; |
| 13245 | f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_background_pixel = -1; |
| 13246 | f->output_data.mac->left_pos = 4; |
| 13247 | f->output_data.mac->top_pos = 4; |
| 13248 | f->output_data.mac->border_width = 0; |
| 13249 | f->output_data.mac->explicit_parent = 0; |
| 13250 | |
| 13251 | f->output_data.mac->internal_border_width = 0; |
| 13252 | |
| 13253 | f->output_method = output_mac; |
| 13254 | |
| 13255 | f->auto_raise = 1; |
| 13256 | f->auto_lower = 1; |
| 13257 | |
| 13258 | f->new_width = 0; |
| 13259 | f->new_height = 0; |
| 13260 | } |
| 13261 | |
| 13262 | void |
| 13263 | make_mac_terminal_frame (struct frame *f) |
| 13264 | { |
| 13265 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 13266 | |
| 13267 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 13268 | |
| 13269 | f->output_method = output_mac; |
| 13270 | f->output_data.mac = (struct mac_output *) |
| 13271 | xmalloc (sizeof (struct mac_output)); |
| 13272 | bzero (f->output_data.mac, sizeof (struct mac_output)); |
| 13273 | f->output_data.mac->fontset = -1; |
| 13274 | f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel = -1; |
| 13275 | f->output_data.mac->scroll_bar_background_pixel = -1; |
| 13276 | |
| 13277 | XSETFRAME (FRAME_KBOARD (f)->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame, f); |
| 13278 | |
| 13279 | f->width = 96; |
| 13280 | f->height = 4; |
| 13281 | |
| 13282 | make_mac_frame (f); |
| 13283 | |
| 13284 | x_make_gc (f); |
| 13285 | |
| 13286 | /* Need to be initialized for unshow_buffer in window.c. */ |
| 13287 | selected_window = f->selected_window; |
| 13288 | |
| 13289 | Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, |
| 13290 | Fcons (Fcons (Qfont, |
| 13291 | build_string ("-*-monaco-medium-r-*--*-90-*-*-*-*-mac-roman")), Qnil)); |
| 13292 | Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, |
| 13293 | Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, |
| 13294 | build_string ("black")), Qnil)); |
| 13295 | Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, |
| 13296 | Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, |
| 13297 | build_string ("white")), Qnil)); |
| 13298 | } |
| 13299 | |
| 13300 | \f |
| 13301 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 13302 | Initialization |
| 13303 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 13304 | |
| 13305 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 13306 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { |
| 13307 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13308 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, |
| 13309 | |
| 13310 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", |
| 13311 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13312 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 13313 | |
| 13314 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13315 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13316 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13317 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13318 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13319 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 13320 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} |
| 13321 | }; |
| 13322 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 13323 | |
| 13324 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 13325 | /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates |
| 13326 | the screen number from the server number. */ |
| 13327 | static int |
| 13328 | same_x_server (name1, name2) |
| 13329 | char *name1, *name2; |
| 13330 | { |
| 13331 | int seen_colon = 0; |
| 13332 | unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name); |
| 13333 | int system_name_length = strlen (system_name); |
| 13334 | int length_until_period = 0; |
| 13335 | |
| 13336 | while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 |
| 13337 | && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') |
| 13338 | length_until_period++; |
| 13339 | |
| 13340 | /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ |
| 13341 | if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) |
| 13342 | name1 += 4; |
| 13343 | if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) |
| 13344 | name2 += 4; |
| 13345 | /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ |
| 13346 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 13347 | && name1[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 13348 | name1 += system_name_length; |
| 13349 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 13350 | && name2[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 13351 | name2 += system_name_length; |
| 13352 | /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ |
| 13353 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 13354 | && name1[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 13355 | name1 += length_until_period; |
| 13356 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 13357 | && name2[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 13358 | name2 += length_until_period; |
| 13359 | |
| 13360 | for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) |
| 13361 | { |
| 13362 | if (*name1 == ':') |
| 13363 | seen_colon++; |
| 13364 | if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') |
| 13365 | return 1; |
| 13366 | } |
| 13367 | return (seen_colon |
| 13368 | && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') |
| 13369 | && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); |
| 13370 | } |
| 13371 | #endif |
| 13372 | |
| 13373 | int mac_initialized = 0; |
| 13374 | |
| 13375 | void |
| 13376 | mac_initialize_display_info () |
| 13377 | { |
| 13378 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info; |
| 13379 | GDHandle main_device_handle; |
| 13380 | |
| 13381 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo)); |
| 13382 | |
| 13383 | /* Put it on x_display_name_list. */ |
| 13384 | x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (build_string ("Mac"), Qnil), |
| 13385 | x_display_name_list); |
| 13386 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list); |
| 13387 | |
| 13388 | #if 0 |
| 13389 | dpyinfo->mac_id_name |
| 13390 | = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name) |
| 13391 | + SCHARS (Vsystem_name) |
| 13392 | + 2); |
| 13393 | sprintf (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 13394 | SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name)); |
| 13395 | #else |
| 13396 | dpyinfo->mac_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("Mac Display") + 1); |
| 13397 | strcpy (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "Mac Display"); |
| 13398 | #endif |
| 13399 | |
| 13400 | main_device_handle = LMGetMainDevice(); |
| 13401 | |
| 13402 | dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; |
| 13403 | dpyinfo->resx = 75.0; |
| 13404 | dpyinfo->resy = 75.0; |
| 13405 | dpyinfo->n_planes = 1; |
| 13406 | dpyinfo->n_cbits = 16; |
| 13407 | dpyinfo->height = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.bottom; |
| 13408 | dpyinfo->width = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.right; |
| 13409 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 13410 | dpyinfo->root_window = NULL; |
| 13411 | |
| 13412 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 13413 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 13414 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 13415 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 13416 | } |
| 13417 | |
| 13418 | struct mac_display_info * |
| 13419 | mac_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 13420 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 13421 | char *xrm_option; |
| 13422 | char *resource_name; |
| 13423 | { |
| 13424 | struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 13425 | GDHandle main_device_handle; |
| 13426 | |
| 13427 | if (!mac_initialized) |
| 13428 | { |
| 13429 | mac_initialize (); |
| 13430 | mac_initialized = 1; |
| 13431 | } |
| 13432 | |
| 13433 | mac_initialize_display_info (display_name); |
| 13434 | |
| 13435 | dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info; |
| 13436 | |
| 13437 | main_device_handle = LMGetMainDevice(); |
| 13438 | |
| 13439 | dpyinfo->height = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.bottom; |
| 13440 | dpyinfo->width = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.right; |
| 13441 | |
| 13442 | return dpyinfo; |
| 13443 | } |
| 13444 | \f |
| 13445 | #ifdef MAC_OSX |
| 13446 | void |
| 13447 | mac_check_bundle() |
| 13448 | { |
| 13449 | extern int inhibit_window_system; |
| 13450 | extern int noninteractive; |
| 13451 | CFBundleRef appsBundle; |
| 13452 | pid_t child; |
| 13453 | |
| 13454 | /* No need to test if already -nw*/ |
| 13455 | if (inhibit_window_system || noninteractive) |
| 13456 | return; |
| 13457 | |
| 13458 | appsBundle = CFBundleGetMainBundle(); |
| 13459 | if (appsBundle != NULL) |
| 13460 | { |
| 13461 | CFStringRef cfBI = CFSTR("CFBundleIdentifier"); |
| 13462 | CFTypeRef res = CFBundleGetValueForInfoDictionaryKey(appsBundle, cfBI); |
| 13463 | /* We found the bundle identifier, now we know we are valid. */ |
| 13464 | if (res != NULL) |
| 13465 | { |
| 13466 | CFRelease(res); |
| 13467 | return; |
| 13468 | } |
| 13469 | } |
| 13470 | /* MAC_TODO: Have this start the bundled executable */ |
| 13471 | |
| 13472 | /* For now, prevent the fatal error by bringing it up in the terminal */ |
| 13473 | inhibit_window_system = 1; |
| 13474 | } |
| 13475 | |
| 13476 | void |
| 13477 | MakeMeTheFrontProcess () |
| 13478 | { |
| 13479 | ProcessSerialNumber psn; |
| 13480 | OSErr err; |
| 13481 | |
| 13482 | err = GetCurrentProcess (&psn); |
| 13483 | if (err == noErr) |
| 13484 | (void) SetFrontProcess (&psn); |
| 13485 | } |
| 13486 | |
| 13487 | /***** Code to handle C-g testing *****/ |
| 13488 | |
| 13489 | /* Contains the Mac modifier formed from quit_char */ |
| 13490 | static mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0; |
| 13491 | static mac_quit_char_keycode; |
| 13492 | extern int quit_char; |
| 13493 | |
| 13494 | static void |
| 13495 | mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers() |
| 13496 | { |
| 13497 | /* Todo: Determine modifiers from quit_char. */ |
| 13498 | UInt32 qc_modifiers = ctrl_modifier; |
| 13499 | |
| 13500 | /* Map modifiers */ |
| 13501 | mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0; |
| 13502 | if (qc_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macCtrlKey; |
| 13503 | if (qc_modifiers & shift_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macShiftKey; |
| 13504 | if (qc_modifiers & meta_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macMetaKey; |
| 13505 | if (qc_modifiers & alt_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= macAltKey; |
| 13506 | } |
| 13507 | |
| 13508 | static void |
| 13509 | init_quit_char_handler () |
| 13510 | { |
| 13511 | /* TODO: Let this support keys other the 'g' */ |
| 13512 | mac_quit_char_keycode = 5; |
| 13513 | /* Look at <architecture/adb_kb_map.h> for details */ |
| 13514 | /* http://gemma.apple.com/techpubs/mac/Toolbox/Toolbox-40.html#MARKER-9-184*/ |
| 13515 | |
| 13516 | mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers(); |
| 13517 | } |
| 13518 | |
| 13519 | static Boolean |
| 13520 | quit_char_comp (EventRef inEvent, void *inCompData) |
| 13521 | { |
| 13522 | if (GetEventClass(inEvent) != kEventClassKeyboard) |
| 13523 | return false; |
| 13524 | if (GetEventKind(inEvent) != kEventRawKeyDown) |
| 13525 | return false; |
| 13526 | { |
| 13527 | UInt32 keyCode; |
| 13528 | UInt32 keyModifiers; |
| 13529 | GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, |
| 13530 | typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &keyCode); |
| 13531 | if (keyCode != mac_quit_char_keycode) |
| 13532 | return false; |
| 13533 | GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, |
| 13534 | typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &keyModifiers); |
| 13535 | if (keyModifiers != mac_quit_char_modifiers) |
| 13536 | return false; |
| 13537 | } |
| 13538 | return true; |
| 13539 | } |
| 13540 | |
| 13541 | void |
| 13542 | mac_check_for_quit_char() |
| 13543 | { |
| 13544 | EventRef event; |
| 13545 | /* If windows are not initialized, return immediately (keep it bouncin')*/ |
| 13546 | if (!mac_quit_char_modifiers) |
| 13547 | return; |
| 13548 | |
| 13549 | /* Redetermine modifiers because they are based on lisp variables */ |
| 13550 | mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers(); |
| 13551 | |
| 13552 | /* Fill the queue with events */ |
| 13553 | ReceiveNextEvent (0, NULL, kEventDurationNoWait, false, &event); |
| 13554 | event = FindSpecificEventInQueue (GetMainEventQueue(), quit_char_comp, NULL); |
| 13555 | if (event) |
| 13556 | { |
| 13557 | struct input_event e; |
| 13558 | struct mac_output *mwp = (mac_output*) GetWRefCon (FrontNonFloatingWindow ()); |
| 13559 | /* Use an input_event to emulate what the interrupt handler does. */ |
| 13560 | e.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 13561 | e.code = quit_char; |
| 13562 | e.arg = NULL; |
| 13563 | e.modifiers = NULL; |
| 13564 | e.timestamp = EventTimeToTicks(GetEventTime(event))*(1000/60); |
| 13565 | XSETFRAME(e.frame_or_window, mwp->mFP); |
| 13566 | /* Remove event from queue to prevent looping. */ |
| 13567 | RemoveEventFromQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), event); |
| 13568 | ReleaseEvent(event); |
| 13569 | kbd_buffer_store_event(&e); |
| 13570 | } |
| 13571 | } |
| 13572 | |
| 13573 | #endif /* MAC_OSX */ |
| 13574 | |
| 13575 | /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ |
| 13576 | |
| 13577 | static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface = |
| 13578 | { |
| 13579 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 13580 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 13581 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 13582 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 13583 | x_scroll_run, |
| 13584 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 13585 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 13586 | x_update_window_end, |
| 13587 | XTcursor_to, |
| 13588 | x_flush, |
| 13589 | x_clear_mouse_face, |
| 13590 | x_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 13591 | x_fix_overlapping_area |
| 13592 | }; |
| 13593 | |
| 13594 | void |
| 13595 | mac_initialize () |
| 13596 | { |
| 13597 | rif = &x_redisplay_interface; |
| 13598 | |
| 13599 | clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame; |
| 13600 | ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; |
| 13601 | delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; |
| 13602 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; |
| 13603 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; |
| 13604 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; |
| 13605 | update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 13606 | update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 13607 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; |
| 13608 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; |
| 13609 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
| 13610 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
| 13611 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
| 13612 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
| 13613 | |
| 13614 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 13615 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; |
| 13616 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; |
| 13617 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; |
| 13618 | |
| 13619 | estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height; |
| 13620 | |
| 13621 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 13622 | char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
| 13623 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 13624 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 13625 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 13626 | off the bottom */ |
| 13627 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 13628 | |
| 13629 | x_noop_count = 0; |
| 13630 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 13631 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 13632 | |
| 13633 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
| 13634 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); |
| 13635 | |
| 13636 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 13637 | XtToolkitInitialize (); |
| 13638 | Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext (); |
| 13639 | XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources); |
| 13640 | |
| 13641 | /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events |
| 13642 | every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use |
| 13643 | timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the |
| 13644 | Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these |
| 13645 | widgets don't behave normally. */ |
| 13646 | { |
| 13647 | EMACS_TIME interval; |
| 13648 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); |
| 13649 | start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0); |
| 13650 | } |
| 13651 | #endif |
| 13652 | |
| 13653 | #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 13654 | xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False; |
| 13655 | xaw3d_pick_top = True; |
| 13656 | #endif |
| 13657 | |
| 13658 | #if 0 |
| 13659 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 13660 | original error handler. */ |
| 13661 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); |
| 13662 | XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); |
| 13663 | |
| 13664 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ |
| 13665 | #ifdef SIGWINCH |
| 13666 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); |
| 13667 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ |
| 13668 | |
| 13669 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); |
| 13670 | #endif |
| 13671 | |
| 13672 | mac_initialize_display_info (); |
| 13673 | |
| 13674 | #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON |
| 13675 | init_required_apple_events (); |
| 13676 | |
| 13677 | init_mac_drag_n_drop (); |
| 13678 | |
| 13679 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 13680 | init_service_handler (); |
| 13681 | |
| 13682 | init_quit_char_handler (); |
| 13683 | #endif |
| 13684 | |
| 13685 | DisableMenuCommand (NULL, kHICommandQuit); |
| 13686 | |
| 13687 | if (!inhibit_window_system) |
| 13688 | MakeMeTheFrontProcess (); |
| 13689 | #endif |
| 13690 | } |
| 13691 | |
| 13692 | |
| 13693 | void |
| 13694 | syms_of_macterm () |
| 13695 | { |
| 13696 | #if 0 |
| 13697 | staticpro (&x_error_message_string); |
| 13698 | x_error_message_string = Qnil; |
| 13699 | #endif |
| 13700 | |
| 13701 | Fprovide (intern ("mac-carbon"), Qnil); |
| 13702 | |
| 13703 | staticpro (&x_display_name_list); |
| 13704 | x_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 13705 | |
| 13706 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 13707 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 13708 | |
| 13709 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 13710 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 13711 | |
| 13712 | staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame); |
| 13713 | last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; |
| 13714 | |
| 13715 | Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop = intern ("mac-ready-for-drag-n-drop"); |
| 13716 | staticpro (&Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop); |
| 13717 | |
| 13718 | help_echo = Qnil; |
| 13719 | staticpro (&help_echo); |
| 13720 | help_echo_object = Qnil; |
| 13721 | staticpro (&help_echo_object); |
| 13722 | help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 13723 | staticpro (&help_echo_window); |
| 13724 | previous_help_echo = Qnil; |
| 13725 | staticpro (&previous_help_echo); |
| 13726 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 13727 | |
| 13728 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-autoselect-window", &x_autoselect_window_p, |
| 13729 | doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */); |
| 13730 | x_autoselect_window_p = 0; |
| 13731 | |
| 13732 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p, |
| 13733 | doc: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it. |
| 13734 | For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as |
| 13735 | wide as that tab on the display. */); |
| 13736 | x_stretch_cursor_p = 0; |
| 13737 | |
| 13738 | #if 0 /* TODO: Setting underline position from font properties. */ |
| 13739 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", |
| 13740 | &x_use_underline_position_properties, |
| 13741 | doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. |
| 13742 | nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus |
| 13743 | UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior |
| 13744 | to 4.1, set this to nil. */); |
| 13745 | x_use_underline_position_properties = 1; |
| 13746 | #endif |
| 13747 | |
| 13748 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, |
| 13749 | doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */); |
| 13750 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt; |
| 13751 | |
| 13752 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 13753 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 13754 | |
| 13755 | DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-command-key-is-meta", &Vmac_command_key_is_meta, |
| 13756 | doc: /* Non-nil means that the command key is used as the Emacs meta key. |
| 13757 | Otherwise the option key is used. */); |
| 13758 | Vmac_command_key_is_meta = Qt; |
| 13759 | |
| 13760 | DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-reverse-ctrl-meta", &Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta, |
| 13761 | doc: /* Non-nil means that the control and meta keys are reversed. This is |
| 13762 | useful for non-standard keyboard layouts. */); |
| 13763 | Vmac_reverse_ctrl_meta = Qnil; |
| 13764 | |
| 13765 | #if USE_CARBON_EVENTS |
| 13766 | DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-wheel-button-is-mouse-2", &Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2, |
| 13767 | doc: /* Non-nil means that the wheel button will be treated as mouse-2 and |
| 13768 | the right click will be mouse-3. |
| 13769 | Otherwise, the right click will be mouse-2 and the wheel button mouse-3.*/); |
| 13770 | Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2 = Qt; |
| 13771 | |
| 13772 | DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-command-to-system", &Vmac_pass_command_to_system, |
| 13773 | doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Command\" key is passed on to the Mac |
| 13774 | Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it. */); |
| 13775 | Vmac_pass_command_to_system = Qt; |
| 13776 | |
| 13777 | DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-control-to-system", &Vmac_pass_control_to_system, |
| 13778 | doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Control\" key is passed on to the Mac |
| 13779 | Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it. */); |
| 13780 | Vmac_pass_control_to_system = Qt; |
| 13781 | #endif |
| 13782 | |
| 13783 | DEFVAR_INT ("mac-keyboard-text-encoding", &mac_keyboard_text_encoding, |
| 13784 | doc: /* One of the Text Encoding Base constant values defined in the |
| 13785 | Basic Text Constants section of Inside Macintosh - Text Encoding |
| 13786 | Conversion Manager. Its value determines the encoding characters |
| 13787 | typed at the Mac keyboard (presumed to be in the MacRoman encoding) |
| 13788 | will convert into. E.g., if it is set to kTextEncodingMacRoman (0), |
| 13789 | its default value, no conversion takes place. If it is set to |
| 13790 | kTextEncodingISOLatin1 (0x201) or kTextEncodingISOLatin2 (0x202), |
| 13791 | characters typed on Mac keyboard are first converted into the |
| 13792 | ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2 encoding, respectively before being |
| 13793 | passed to Emacs. Together with Emacs's set-keyboard-coding-system |
| 13794 | command, this enables the Mac keyboard to be used to enter non-ASCII |
| 13795 | characters directly. */); |
| 13796 | mac_keyboard_text_encoding = kTextEncodingMacRoman; |
| 13797 | } |